OpenCores
URL https://opencores.org/ocsvn/openrisc/openrisc/trunk

Subversion Repositories openrisc

[/] [openrisc/] [trunk/] [gnu-old/] [gdb-7.1/] [bfd/] [elfxx-mips.c] - Blame information for rev 856

Go to most recent revision | Details | Compare with Previous | View Log

Line No. Rev Author Line
1 227 jeremybenn
/* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2
   Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3
   2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
 
5
   Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6
   <ian@cygnus.com>.
7
   N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8
   <mark@codesourcery.com>
9
   Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10
   Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11
 
12
   This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13
 
14
   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16
   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
17
   (at your option) any later version.
18
 
19
   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
22
   GNU General Public License for more details.
23
 
24
   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
27
   MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
28
 
29
 
30
/* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's.  */
31
 
32
#include "sysdep.h"
33
#include "bfd.h"
34
#include "libbfd.h"
35
#include "libiberty.h"
36
#include "elf-bfd.h"
37
#include "elfxx-mips.h"
38
#include "elf/mips.h"
39
#include "elf-vxworks.h"
40
 
41
/* Get the ECOFF swapping routines.  */
42
#include "coff/sym.h"
43
#include "coff/symconst.h"
44
#include "coff/ecoff.h"
45
#include "coff/mips.h"
46
 
47
#include "hashtab.h"
48
 
49
/* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
50
   There are three types of entry:
51
 
52
      (1) absolute addresses
53
            (abfd == NULL)
54
      (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
55
            (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
56
      (3) global and forced-local symbols
57
            (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
58
 
59
   Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
60
   In the "master" GOT -- i.e.  the one that describes every GOT
61
   reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both
62
   the symbol and the input bfd that references it.  If it turns out
63
   that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to
64
   create separate GOTs for each input bfd.
65
 
66
   However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one
67
   entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only
68
   on the symbol.  The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat
69
   arbitrary in this case.
70
 
71
   This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique
72
   mips_got_entry for every symbol within it.  We can therefore use the
73
   mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's
74
   GOT index.
75
 
76
   However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue
77
   to use the master GOT to describe it.  There may therefore be several
78
   mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd.
79
   We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when
80
   there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the
81
   mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index.  */
82
struct mips_got_entry
83
{
84
  /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined.  */
85
  bfd *abfd;
86
  /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
87
     we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise.  */
88
  long symndx;
89
  union
90
  {
91
    /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got.  */
92
    bfd_vma address;
93
    /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
94
       that should be added to the symbol value.  */
95
    bfd_vma addend;
96
    /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
97
       corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
98
       h->forced_local).  */
99
    struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
100
  } d;
101
 
102
  /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
103
     IE).  The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
104
     relocations.  LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
105
     combined with any GD or IE flags.  An LDM GOT entry will be
106
     a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0.  */
107
  unsigned char tls_type;
108
 
109
  /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
110
     corresponding to this symbol+addend.  If it's a global symbol
111
     whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1.  */
112
  long gotidx;
113
};
114
 
115
/* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
116
   The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
117
   MIN_ADDEND.  */
118
struct mips_got_page_range
119
{
120
  struct mips_got_page_range *next;
121
  bfd_signed_vma min_addend;
122
  bfd_signed_vma max_addend;
123
};
124
 
125
/* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
126
   relocations against a given symbol.  */
127
struct mips_got_page_entry
128
{
129
  /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined.  */
130
  bfd *abfd;
131
  /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info.  */
132
  long symndx;
133
  /* The ranges for this page entry.  */
134
  struct mips_got_page_range *ranges;
135
  /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES.  */
136
  bfd_vma num_pages;
137
};
138
 
139
/* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking.  */
140
 
141
struct mips_got_info
142
{
143
  /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
144
     symbol table.  */
145
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
146
  /* The number of global .got entries.  */
147
  unsigned int global_gotno;
148
  /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area.  */
149
  unsigned int reloc_only_gotno;
150
  /* The number of .got slots used for TLS.  */
151
  unsigned int tls_gotno;
152
  /* The first unused TLS .got entry.  Used only during
153
     mips_elf_initialize_tls_index.  */
154
  unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno;
155
  /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries.  */
156
  unsigned int local_gotno;
157
  /* The maximum number of page entries needed.  */
158
  unsigned int page_gotno;
159
  /* The number of local .got entries we have used.  */
160
  unsigned int assigned_gotno;
161
  /* A hash table holding members of the got.  */
162
  struct htab *got_entries;
163
  /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures.  */
164
  struct htab *got_page_entries;
165
  /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info.  NULL
166
     unless multi-got was necessary.  */
167
  struct htab *bfd2got;
168
  /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
169
     of the time, it points to the previous got).  */
170
  struct mips_got_info *next;
171
  /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
172
     for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned.  This is needed
173
     because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
174
     for the LDM.  It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode.  */
175
  bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset;
176
};
177
 
178
/* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link.  */
179
 
180
struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
181
{
182
  bfd *bfd;
183
  struct mips_got_info *g;
184
};
185
 
186
/* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
187
   create and merge bfd's gots.  */
188
 
189
struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
190
{
191
  /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots.  */
192
  htab_t bfd2got;
193
  /* The output bfd.  */
194
  bfd *obfd;
195
  /* The link information.  */
196
  struct bfd_link_info *info;
197
  /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
198
     the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
199
     DT_MIPS_GOTSYM.  */
200
  struct mips_got_info *primary;
201
  /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
202
     gots.  */
203
  struct mips_got_info *current;
204
  /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
205
     16-bit offset.  */
206
  unsigned int max_count;
207
  /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got.  */
208
  unsigned int max_pages;
209
  /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
210
     primary got and be automatically relocated.  This includes
211
     those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
212
     the "master" GOT.  */
213
  unsigned int global_count;
214
};
215
 
216
/* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal.  */
217
 
218
struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
219
{
220
  struct mips_got_info *g;
221
  int value;
222
  unsigned int needed_relocs;
223
  struct bfd_link_info *info;
224
};
225
 
226
/* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
227
   entry or ELF symbol table traversal.  */
228
 
229
struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
230
{
231
  struct bfd_link_info *info;
232
  unsigned int needed;
233
};
234
 
235
struct _mips_elf_section_data
236
{
237
  struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
238
  union
239
  {
240
    bfd_byte *tdata;
241
  } u;
242
};
243
 
244
#define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
245
  ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
246
 
247
#define is_mips_elf(bfd)                                \
248
  (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour      \
249
   && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL                           \
250
   && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
251
 
252
/* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
253
   a global GOT entry.  Among other things, this provides the dynamic
254
   linker with a free, directly-indexed cache.  The GOT can therefore
255
   contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
256
   (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
257
   like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
258
 
259
   GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
260
   GOT entries towards the beginning.  We therefore divide the global
261
   GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only".  Entries in
262
   the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
263
   accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
264
   relocations only.
265
 
266
   These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
267
   values are more general than higher values.  Also, non-GGA_NONE
268
   values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT.  */
269
#define GGA_NORMAL 0
270
#define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
271
#define GGA_NONE 2
272
 
273
/* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function.  There are
274
   two ways of creating these interfaces.  The first is to add:
275
 
276
        lui     $25,%hi(func)
277
        addiu   $25,$25,%lo(func)
278
 
279
   immediately before a PIC function "func".  The second is to add:
280
 
281
        lui     $25,%hi(func)
282
        j       func
283
        addiu   $25,$25,%lo(func)
284
 
285
   to a separate trampoline section.
286
 
287
   Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
288
   target function.  Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
289
   pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field.  */
290
struct mips_elf_la25_stub {
291
  /* The generated section that contains this stub.  */
292
  asection *stub_section;
293
 
294
  /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION.  */
295
  bfd_vma offset;
296
 
297
  /* One symbol for the original function.  Its location is available
298
     in H->root.root.u.def.  */
299
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
300
};
301
 
302
/* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub.  */
303
 
304
#define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL))      /* lui t9,VAL */
305
#define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
306
#define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL))    /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
307
 
308
/* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
309
   the dynamic symbols.  */
310
 
311
struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
312
{
313
  /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
314
     index.  */
315
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
316
  /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
317
     symbol with a GOT entry.  */
318
  long min_got_dynindx;
319
  /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
320
     with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
321
     with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs).  */
322
  long max_unref_got_dynindx;
323
  /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
324
     symbol without a GOT entry.  */
325
  long max_non_got_dynindx;
326
};
327
 
328
/* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
329
   the global hash table.  */
330
 
331
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
332
{
333
  struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
334
 
335
  /* External symbol information.  */
336
  EXTR esym;
337
 
338
  /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any.  */
339
  struct mips_elf_la25_stub *la25_stub;
340
 
341
  /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
342
     this symbol.  */
343
  unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
344
 
345
  /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
346
     16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub.  */
347
  asection *fn_stub;
348
 
349
  /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
350
     32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub.  */
351
  asection *call_stub;
352
 
353
  /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
354
     being called returns a floating point value.  */
355
  asection *call_fp_stub;
356
 
357
#define GOT_NORMAL      0
358
#define GOT_TLS_GD      1
359
#define GOT_TLS_LDM     2
360
#define GOT_TLS_IE      4
361
#define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE    0x40
362
#define GOT_TLS_DONE    0x80
363
  unsigned char tls_type;
364
 
365
  /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
366
     is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
367
     there.  In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
368
     structures all referring to the same GOT slot.  It might be
369
     possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
370
     overloaded already.  */
371
  bfd_vma tls_got_offset;
372
 
373
  /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol.  */
374
  unsigned int global_got_area : 2;
375
 
376
  /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
377
     is against a readonly section.  */
378
  unsigned int readonly_reloc : 1;
379
 
380
  /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
381
     resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
382
     cannot possibly be made dynamic).  */
383
  unsigned int has_static_relocs : 1;
384
 
385
  /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
386
     This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
387
     taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
388
     See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20.  */
389
  unsigned int no_fn_stub : 1;
390
 
391
  /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
392
     in any relocs other than a 16 bit call.  */
393
  unsigned int need_fn_stub : 1;
394
 
395
  /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
396
     any non-PIC input file.  This is used to determine whether an
397
     la25 stub is required.  */
398
  unsigned int has_nonpic_branches : 1;
399
 
400
  /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
401
     (as opposed to a PLT entry)?  */
402
  unsigned int needs_lazy_stub : 1;
403
};
404
 
405
/* MIPS ELF linker hash table.  */
406
 
407
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
408
{
409
  struct elf_link_hash_table root;
410
#if 0
411
  /* We no longer use this.  */
412
  /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols.  */
413
  bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES];
414
#endif
415
 
416
  /* The number of .rtproc entries.  */
417
  bfd_size_type procedure_count;
418
 
419
  /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT).  */
420
  bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
421
 
422
  /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
423
     entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5.  */
424
  bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
425
 
426
  /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol.  */
427
  bfd_vma rld_value;
428
 
429
  /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections.  */
430
  bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
431
 
432
  /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs.  */
433
  bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs;
434
 
435
  /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks.  */
436
  bfd_boolean is_vxworks;
437
 
438
  /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow.  */
439
  bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported;
440
 
441
  /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
442
     being used.  */
443
  asection *srelbss;
444
  asection *sdynbss;
445
  asection *srelplt;
446
  asection *srelplt2;
447
  asection *sgotplt;
448
  asection *splt;
449
  asection *sstubs;
450
  asection *sgot;
451
 
452
  /* The master GOT information.  */
453
  struct mips_got_info *got_info;
454
 
455
  /* The size of the PLT header in bytes.  */
456
  bfd_vma plt_header_size;
457
 
458
  /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes.  */
459
  bfd_vma plt_entry_size;
460
 
461
  /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub.  */
462
  bfd_vma lazy_stub_count;
463
 
464
  /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes.  */
465
  bfd_vma function_stub_size;
466
 
467
  /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT.  */
468
  unsigned int reserved_gotno;
469
 
470
  /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
471
     See the comment above that structure for details.  */
472
  asection *strampoline;
473
 
474
  /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
475
     pairs.  */
476
  htab_t la25_stubs;
477
 
478
  /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
479
     called NAME and links it to output section OS.  If IS is nonnull,
480
     the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
481
     should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
482
 
483
     The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
484
     returns null.  */
485
  asection *(*add_stub_section) (const char *, asection *, asection *);
486
};
487
 
488
/* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
489
 
490
#define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
491
  (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
492
  == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
493
 
494
/* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks.  */
495
struct mips_htab_traverse_info
496
{
497
  /* The usual link-wide information.  */
498
  struct bfd_link_info *info;
499
  bfd *output_bfd;
500
 
501
  /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted.  */
502
  bfd_boolean error;
503
};
504
 
505
#define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
506
  (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32                \
507
   || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64             \
508
   || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32             \
509
   || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64             \
510
   || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD                   \
511
   || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM                  \
512
   || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16          \
513
   || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16          \
514
   || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL             \
515
   || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32              \
516
   || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64              \
517
   || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16           \
518
   || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
519
 
520
/* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym.  */
521
 
522
struct extsym_info
523
{
524
  bfd *abfd;
525
  struct bfd_link_info *info;
526
  struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
527
  const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
528
  bfd_boolean failed;
529
};
530
 
531
/* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5.  */
532
 
533
static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
534
{
535
  "_procedure_table",
536
  "_procedure_string_table",
537
  "_procedure_table_size",
538
  NULL
539
};
540
 
541
/* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
542
   IRIX5.  */
543
 
544
typedef struct
545
{
546
  unsigned long id1;            /* Always one?  */
547
  unsigned long num;            /* Number of compact relocation entries.  */
548
  unsigned long id2;            /* Always two?  */
549
  unsigned long offset;         /* The file offset of the first relocation.  */
550
  unsigned long reserved0;      /* Zero?  */
551
  unsigned long reserved1;      /* Zero?  */
552
} Elf32_compact_rel;
553
 
554
typedef struct
555
{
556
  bfd_byte id1[4];
557
  bfd_byte num[4];
558
  bfd_byte id2[4];
559
  bfd_byte offset[4];
560
  bfd_byte reserved0[4];
561
  bfd_byte reserved1[4];
562
} Elf32_External_compact_rel;
563
 
564
typedef struct
565
{
566
  unsigned int ctype : 1;       /* 1: long 0: short format. See below.  */
567
  unsigned int rtype : 4;       /* Relocation types. See below.  */
568
  unsigned int dist2to : 8;
569
  unsigned int relvaddr : 19;   /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
570
  unsigned long konst;          /* KONST field. See below.  */
571
  unsigned long vaddr;          /* VADDR to be relocated.  */
572
} Elf32_crinfo;
573
 
574
typedef struct
575
{
576
  unsigned int ctype : 1;       /* 1: long 0: short format. See below.  */
577
  unsigned int rtype : 4;       /* Relocation types. See below.  */
578
  unsigned int dist2to : 8;
579
  unsigned int relvaddr : 19;   /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
580
  unsigned long konst;          /* KONST field. See below.  */
581
} Elf32_crinfo2;
582
 
583
typedef struct
584
{
585
  bfd_byte info[4];
586
  bfd_byte konst[4];
587
  bfd_byte vaddr[4];
588
} Elf32_External_crinfo;
589
 
590
typedef struct
591
{
592
  bfd_byte info[4];
593
  bfd_byte konst[4];
594
} Elf32_External_crinfo2;
595
 
596
/* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo.  */
597
 
598
#define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
599
#define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
600
#define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
601
#define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
602
#define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
603
#define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
604
#define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
605
#define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
606
 
607
/* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
608
   formats.  A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
609
   fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2).  */
610
#define CRF_MIPS_LONG                   1
611
#define CRF_MIPS_SHORT                  0
612
 
613
/* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
614
   has different meaning for each type:
615
 
616
   (type)               (konst)
617
   CT_MIPS_REL32        Address in data
618
   CT_MIPS_WORD         Address in word (XXX)
619
   CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO      GP - vaddr
620
   CT_MIPS_JMPAD        Address to jump
621
   */
622
 
623
#define CRT_MIPS_REL32                  0xa
624
#define CRT_MIPS_WORD                   0xb
625
#define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO                0xc
626
#define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD                  0xd
627
 
628
#define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format)        ((x).ctype = (format))
629
#define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type)            ((x).rtype = (type))
630
#define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v)            ((x).dist2to = (v))
631
#define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d)           ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
632
 
633
/* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
634
   loader for use by the static exception system.  */
635
 
636
typedef struct runtime_pdr {
637
        bfd_vma adr;            /* Memory address of start of procedure.  */
638
        long    regmask;        /* Save register mask.  */
639
        long    regoffset;      /* Save register offset.  */
640
        long    fregmask;       /* Save floating point register mask.  */
641
        long    fregoffset;     /* Save floating point register offset.  */
642
        long    frameoffset;    /* Frame size.  */
643
        short   framereg;       /* Frame pointer register.  */
644
        short   pcreg;          /* Offset or reg of return pc.  */
645
        long    irpss;          /* Index into the runtime string table.  */
646
        long    reserved;
647
        struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array.  */
648
} RPDR, *pRPDR;
649
#define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
650
#define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
651
 
652
static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
653
  (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, bfd_vma, unsigned long,
654
   struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int);
655
static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
656
  (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
657
static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
658
  (bfd_vma);
659
static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
660
  (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
661
   struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
662
   bfd_vma *, asection *);
663
static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
664
  (const void *);
665
static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
666
  (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
667
static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
668
  (struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
669
 
670
/* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records.  */
671
static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
672
 
673
/* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
674
   non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900.  */
675
#define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
676
  (   ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
677
   || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
678
 
679
/* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
680
   This should be safe for all architectures.  We enable this predicate
681
   for RM9000 for now.  */
682
#define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
683
  ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
684
 
685
/* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
686
   This should be safe for all architectures.  We enable this predicate for
687
   all CPUs.  */
688
#define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
689
 
690
/* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
691
   This should be safe for all architectures.  We enable this predicate for
692
   all CPUs.  */
693
#define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
694
 
695
/* True if ABFD is a PIC object.  */
696
#define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
697
  ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
698
 
699
/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI.  */
700
#define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
701
  ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
702
 
703
/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI.  */
704
#define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
705
  (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
706
 
707
/* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions.  */
708
#define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
709
 
710
/* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for.  */
711
#define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
712
  (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
713
 
714
/* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all.  */
715
#define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
716
  (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
717
 
718
/* The name of the options section.  */
719
#define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
720
  (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
721
 
722
/* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
723
   Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME.  */
724
#define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
725
  (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
726
 
727
/* Whether the section is readonly.  */
728
#define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
729
  ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))         \
730
   == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
731
 
732
/* The name of the stub section.  */
733
#define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
734
 
735
/* The size of an external REL relocation.  */
736
#define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
737
  (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
738
 
739
/* The size of an external RELA relocation.  */
740
#define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
741
  (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
742
 
743
/* The size of an external dynamic table entry.  */
744
#define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
745
  (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
746
 
747
/* The size of a GOT entry.  */
748
#define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
749
  (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
750
 
751
/* The size of a symbol-table entry.  */
752
#define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
753
  (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
754
 
755
/* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two.  */
756
#define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd)                           \
757
  (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
758
 
759
/* Get word-sized data.  */
760
#define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
761
  (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
762
 
763
/* Put out word-sized data.  */
764
#define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr)       \
765
  (ABI_64_P (abfd)                              \
766
   ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr)                \
767
   : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
768
 
769
/* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD).  */
770
#define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
771
  (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
772
 
773
/* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry.  */
774
#define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val)      \
775
  _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
776
 
777
#define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela)                      \
778
  (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
779
 
780
/* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
781
   (zero) or RELA (non-zero).  The assumption is that, if there are
782
   two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
783
   the other is RELA.  If the index of the relocation we're testing is
784
   in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
785
   relocation size is that for RELA.  It is also assumed that, if
786
   rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
787
   section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
788
   section, that is RELA.  */
789
#define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx)                           \
790
  ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr)                 \
791
    * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel              \
792
    > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx))                                               \
793
   == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize                       \
794
       == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela)               \
795
           : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
796
 
797
/* The name of the dynamic relocation section.  */
798
#define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
799
  (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
800
 
801
/* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
802
   from smaller values.  Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement.  */
803
#define MINUS_ONE       (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
804
#define MINUS_TWO       (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
805
 
806
/* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
807
   a GNU object.  The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
808
   module pointer.  */
809
#define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
810
  ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
811
 
812
/* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section.  */
813
#define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
814
  (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
815
 
816
/* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
817
   offsets from $gp.  */
818
#define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
819
 
820
/* Instructions which appear in a stub.  */
821
#define STUB_LW(abfd)                                                   \
822
  ((ABI_64_P (abfd)                                                     \
823
    ? 0xdf998010                                /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */  \
824
    : 0x8f998010))                              /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
825
#define STUB_MOVE(abfd)                                                 \
826
   ((ABI_64_P (abfd)                                                    \
827
     ? 0x03e0782d                               /* daddu t7,ra */       \
828
     : 0x03e07821))                             /* addu t7,ra */
829
#define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL))      /* lui t8,VAL */
830
#define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809                    /* jalr t9,ra */
831
#define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL))      /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
832
#define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL))    /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
833
#define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL)                                           \
834
   ((ABI_64_P (abfd)                                                    \
835
    ? (0x64180000 + (VAL))      /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */  \
836
    : (0x24180000 + (VAL))))    /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
837
 
838
#define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
839
#define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
840
 
841
/* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
842
   section.  */
843
 
844
#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd)           \
845
   (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1"   \
846
    : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1"  \
847
    : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
848
 
849
#ifdef BFD64
850
#define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
851
  (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
852
#define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i)                                       \
853
  (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
854
#define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i)                                      \
855
  (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
856
#define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t)                                   \
857
  (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
858
#else
859
#define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
860
#define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i)                                       \
861
  (ELF32_R_SYM (i))
862
#define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i)                                      \
863
  (ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
864
#define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t)                                   \
865
  (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
866
#endif
867
 
868
  /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
869
     floating point arguments.
870
 
871
     Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
872
     copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
873
     then jump to FNNAME.  If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
874
     call should be redirected to the stub instead.  If no 32 bit
875
     function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded.  We need to
876
     consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
877
     if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
878
     since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
879
 
880
     Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
881
     that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
882
     regs and then jump to FNNAME.  If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
883
     then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
884
     to the stub instead.  If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
885
     stub should be discarded.
886
 
887
     .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
888
     which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
889
     to the gp regs.  These stubs store the return value in $18 while
890
     calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
891
     must arrange to save $18 around the call.  (This case is not
892
     needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
893
     16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
894
     $f0/$f1 and $2/$3.)
895
 
896
     Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
897
     Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally.  Instead, the relocation
898
     information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
899
 
900
     We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table.  */
901
 
902
#define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
903
#define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
904
#define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
905
 
906
#define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
907
#define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
908
#define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
909
 
910
/* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable.  */
911
static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
912
{
913
  0x3c1c0000,   /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0])                             */
914
  0x8f990000,   /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28)                         */
915
  0x279c0000,   /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])                      */
916
  0x031cc023,   /* subu $24, $24, $28                                   */
917
  0x03e07821,   /* move $15, $31                                        */
918
  0x0018c082,   /* srl $24, $24, 2                                      */
919
  0x0320f809,   /* jalr $25                                             */
920
  0x2718fffe    /* subu $24, $24, 2                                     */
921
};
922
 
923
/* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable.  Different
924
   because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead.  */
925
static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
926
{
927
  0x3c0e0000,   /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0])                             */
928
  0x8dd90000,   /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14)                         */
929
  0x25ce0000,   /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])                      */
930
  0x030ec023,   /* subu $24, $24, $14                                   */
931
  0x03e07821,   /* move $15, $31                                        */
932
  0x0018c082,   /* srl $24, $24, 2                                      */
933
  0x0320f809,   /* jalr $25                                             */
934
  0x2718fffe    /* subu $24, $24, 2                                     */
935
};
936
 
937
/* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable.  Different
938
   from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries.  */
939
static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry[] =
940
{
941
  0x3c0e0000,   /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0])                             */
942
  0xddd90000,   /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14)                         */
943
  0x25ce0000,   /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])                      */
944
  0x030ec023,   /* subu $24, $24, $14                                   */
945
  0x03e07821,   /* move $15, $31                                        */
946
  0x0018c0c2,   /* srl $24, $24, 3                                      */
947
  0x0320f809,   /* jalr $25                                             */
948
  0x2718fffe    /* subu $24, $24, 2                                     */
949
};
950
 
951
/* The format of subsequent PLT entries.  */
952
static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry[] =
953
{
954
  0x3c0f0000,   /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry)                 */
955
  0x01f90000,   /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15)          */
956
  0x25f80000,   /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry)          */
957
  0x03200008    /* jr $25                                       */
958
};
959
 
960
/* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable.  */
961
static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] =
962
{
963
  0x3c190000,   /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_)           */
964
  0x27390000,   /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_)     */
965
  0x8f390008,   /* lw t9, 8(t9)                                 */
966
  0x00000000,   /* nop                                          */
967
  0x03200008,   /* jr t9                                        */
968
  0x00000000    /* nop                                          */
969
};
970
 
971
/* The format of subsequent PLT entries.  */
972
static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] =
973
{
974
  0x10000000,   /* b .PLT_resolver                      */
975
  0x24180000,   /* li t8, <pltindex>                    */
976
  0x3c190000,   /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>)         */
977
  0x27390000,   /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>)   */
978
  0x8f390000,   /* lw t9, 0(t9)                         */
979
  0x00000000,   /* nop                                  */
980
  0x03200008,   /* jr t9                                */
981
  0x00000000    /* nop                                  */
982
};
983
 
984
/* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object.  */
985
static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] =
986
{
987
  0x8f990008,   /* lw t9, 8(gp)         */
988
  0x00000000,   /* nop                  */
989
  0x03200008,   /* jr t9                */
990
  0x00000000,   /* nop                  */
991
  0x00000000,   /* nop                  */
992
  0x00000000    /* nop                  */
993
};
994
 
995
/* The format of subsequent PLT entries.  */
996
static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] =
997
{
998
  0x10000000,   /* b .PLT_resolver      */
999
  0x24180000    /* li t8, <pltindex>    */
1000
};
1001
 
1002
/* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table.  */
1003
 
1004
#define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow)  \
1005
  ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)                                  \
1006
   elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create),            \
1007
                         (copy), (follow)))
1008
 
1009
/* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table.  */
1010
 
1011
#define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)                  \
1012
  (elf_link_hash_traverse                                               \
1013
   (&(table)->root,                                                     \
1014
    (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func),    \
1015
    (info)))
1016
 
1017
/* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1018
   for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively.  */
1019
 
1020
#define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1021
#define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1022
 
1023
static bfd_vma
1024
dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1025
{
1026
  /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
1027
  if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1028
    return 0;
1029
  return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
1030
}
1031
 
1032
static bfd_vma
1033
tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1034
{
1035
  /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
1036
  if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1037
    return 0;
1038
  return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
1039
}
1040
 
1041
/* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table.  */
1042
 
1043
static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1044
mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1045
                            struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string)
1046
{
1047
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
1048
    (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1049
 
1050
  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1051
     subclass.  */
1052
  if (ret == NULL)
1053
    ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry));
1054
  if (ret == NULL)
1055
    return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1056
 
1057
  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
1058
  ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
1059
         _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
1060
                                     table, string));
1061
  if (ret != NULL)
1062
    {
1063
      /* Set local fields.  */
1064
      memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
1065
      /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1066
         not been set.  -1 means there is no associated ifd.  */
1067
      ret->esym.ifd = -2;
1068
      ret->la25_stub = 0;
1069
      ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
1070
      ret->fn_stub = NULL;
1071
      ret->call_stub = NULL;
1072
      ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
1073
      ret->tls_type = GOT_NORMAL;
1074
      ret->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
1075
      ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
1076
      ret->has_static_relocs = FALSE;
1077
      ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
1078
      ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
1079
      ret->has_nonpic_branches = FALSE;
1080
      ret->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
1081
    }
1082
 
1083
  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1084
}
1085
 
1086
bfd_boolean
1087
_bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1088
{
1089
  if (!sec->used_by_bfd)
1090
    {
1091
      struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
1092
      bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
1093
 
1094
      sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1095
      if (sdata == NULL)
1096
        return FALSE;
1097
      sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
1098
    }
1099
 
1100
  return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
1101
}
1102
 
1103
/* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1104
   ecoff_debug_info structure.  */
1105
 
1106
bfd_boolean
1107
_bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
1108
                               struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1109
{
1110
  HDRR *symhdr;
1111
  const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1112
  char *ext_hdr;
1113
 
1114
  swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1115
  memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
1116
 
1117
  ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
1118
  if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
1119
    goto error_return;
1120
 
1121
  if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0,
1122
                                  swap->external_hdr_size))
1123
    goto error_return;
1124
 
1125
  symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1126
  (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
1127
 
1128
  /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1129
     read.  */
1130
#define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type)                            \
1131
  if (symhdr->count == 0)                                                \
1132
    debug->ptr = NULL;                                                  \
1133
  else                                                                  \
1134
    {                                                                   \
1135
      bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count;         \
1136
      debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt);                                    \
1137
      if (debug->ptr == NULL)                                           \
1138
        goto error_return;                                              \
1139
      if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0         \
1140
          || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt)                  \
1141
        goto error_return;                                              \
1142
    }
1143
 
1144
  READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1145
  READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *);
1146
  READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *);
1147
  READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *);
1148
  READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *);
1149
  READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
1150
        union aux_ext *);
1151
  READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1152
  READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1153
  READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *);
1154
  READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *);
1155
  READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *);
1156
#undef READ
1157
 
1158
  debug->fdr = NULL;
1159
 
1160
  return TRUE;
1161
 
1162
 error_return:
1163
  if (ext_hdr != NULL)
1164
    free (ext_hdr);
1165
  if (debug->line != NULL)
1166
    free (debug->line);
1167
  if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
1168
    free (debug->external_dnr);
1169
  if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
1170
    free (debug->external_pdr);
1171
  if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
1172
    free (debug->external_sym);
1173
  if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
1174
    free (debug->external_opt);
1175
  if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
1176
    free (debug->external_aux);
1177
  if (debug->ss != NULL)
1178
    free (debug->ss);
1179
  if (debug->ssext != NULL)
1180
    free (debug->ssext);
1181
  if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
1182
    free (debug->external_fdr);
1183
  if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
1184
    free (debug->external_rfd);
1185
  if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
1186
    free (debug->external_ext);
1187
  return FALSE;
1188
}
1189
 
1190
/* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output.  */
1191
 
1192
static void
1193
ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex)
1194
{
1195
  H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
1196
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
1197
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
1198
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
1199
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
1200
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
1201
 
1202
  H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
1203
  H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
1204
 
1205
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
1206
}
1207
 
1208
/* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section.  */
1209
 
1210
static bfd_boolean
1211
mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd,
1212
                                 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s,
1213
                                 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1214
{
1215
  const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1216
  HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1217
  RPDR *rpdr, *rp;
1218
  struct rpdr_ext *erp;
1219
  void *rtproc;
1220
  struct pdr_ext *epdr;
1221
  struct sym_ext *esym;
1222
  char *ss, **sv;
1223
  char *str;
1224
  bfd_size_type size;
1225
  bfd_size_type count;
1226
  unsigned long sindex;
1227
  unsigned long i;
1228
  PDR pdr;
1229
  SYMR sym;
1230
  const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
1231
 
1232
  epdr = NULL;
1233
  rpdr = NULL;
1234
  esym = NULL;
1235
  ss = NULL;
1236
  sv = NULL;
1237
 
1238
  swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1239
 
1240
  sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1241
  count = hdr->ipdMax;
1242
  if (count > 0)
1243
    {
1244
      size = swap->external_pdr_size;
1245
 
1246
      epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1247
      if (epdr == NULL)
1248
        goto error_return;
1249
 
1250
      if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr))
1251
        goto error_return;
1252
 
1253
      size = sizeof (RPDR);
1254
      rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1255
      if (rpdr == NULL)
1256
        goto error_return;
1257
 
1258
      size = sizeof (char *);
1259
      sv = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1260
      if (sv == NULL)
1261
        goto error_return;
1262
 
1263
      count = hdr->isymMax;
1264
      size = swap->external_sym_size;
1265
      esym = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1266
      if (esym == NULL)
1267
        goto error_return;
1268
 
1269
      if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym))
1270
        goto error_return;
1271
 
1272
      count = hdr->issMax;
1273
      ss = bfd_malloc (count);
1274
      if (ss == NULL)
1275
        goto error_return;
1276
      if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (bfd_byte *) ss))
1277
        goto error_return;
1278
 
1279
      count = hdr->ipdMax;
1280
      for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
1281
        {
1282
          (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr);
1283
          (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
1284
          rp->adr = sym.value;
1285
          rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
1286
          rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
1287
          rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
1288
          rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
1289
          rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
1290
          rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
1291
          rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
1292
          rp->irpss = sindex;
1293
          sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
1294
          sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1295
        }
1296
    }
1297
 
1298
  size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
1299
  size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
1300
  rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
1301
  if (rtproc == NULL)
1302
    {
1303
      mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
1304
      goto error_return;
1305
    }
1306
 
1307
  mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
1308
 
1309
  erp = rtproc;
1310
  memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
1311
  erp++;
1312
  str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
1313
  strcpy (str, no_name_func);
1314
  str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1315
  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1316
    {
1317
      ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
1318
      strcpy (str, sv[i]);
1319
      str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1320
    }
1321
  H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
1322
 
1323
  /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section.  */
1324
  s->size = size;
1325
  s->contents = rtproc;
1326
 
1327
  /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1328
     matters, but someday it might).  */
1329
  s->map_head.link_order = NULL;
1330
 
1331
  if (epdr != NULL)
1332
    free (epdr);
1333
  if (rpdr != NULL)
1334
    free (rpdr);
1335
  if (esym != NULL)
1336
    free (esym);
1337
  if (ss != NULL)
1338
    free (ss);
1339
  if (sv != NULL)
1340
    free (sv);
1341
 
1342
  return TRUE;
1343
 
1344
 error_return:
1345
  if (epdr != NULL)
1346
    free (epdr);
1347
  if (rpdr != NULL)
1348
    free (rpdr);
1349
  if (esym != NULL)
1350
    free (esym);
1351
  if (ss != NULL)
1352
    free (ss);
1353
  if (sv != NULL)
1354
    free (sv);
1355
  return FALSE;
1356
}
1357
 
1358
/* We're going to create a stub for H.  Create a symbol for the stub's
1359
   value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read.  */
1360
 
1361
static bfd_boolean
1362
mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1363
                             struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1364
                             const char *prefix, asection *s, bfd_vma value,
1365
                             bfd_vma size)
1366
{
1367
  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1368
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1369
  const char *name;
1370
 
1371
  /* Create a new symbol.  */
1372
  name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
1373
  bh = NULL;
1374
  if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1375
                                         BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1376
                                         TRUE, FALSE, &bh))
1377
    return FALSE;
1378
 
1379
  /* Make it a local function.  */
1380
  elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1381
  elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FUNC);
1382
  elfh->size = size;
1383
  elfh->forced_local = 1;
1384
  return TRUE;
1385
}
1386
 
1387
/* We're about to redefine H.  Create a symbol to represent H's
1388
   current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1389
   to read.  */
1390
 
1391
static bfd_boolean
1392
mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1393
                               struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1394
                               const char *prefix)
1395
{
1396
  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1397
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1398
  const char *name;
1399
  asection *s;
1400
  bfd_vma value;
1401
 
1402
  /* Read the symbol's value.  */
1403
  BFD_ASSERT (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1404
              || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
1405
  s = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1406
  value = h->root.root.u.def.value;
1407
 
1408
  /* Create a new symbol.  */
1409
  name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
1410
  bh = NULL;
1411
  if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1412
                                         BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1413
                                         TRUE, FALSE, &bh))
1414
    return FALSE;
1415
 
1416
  /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H.  */
1417
  elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1418
  elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, ELF_ST_TYPE (h->root.type));
1419
  elfh->other = h->root.other;
1420
  elfh->size = h->root.size;
1421
  elfh->forced_local = 1;
1422
  return TRUE;
1423
}
1424
 
1425
/* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1426
   function rather than to a hard-float stub.  */
1427
 
1428
static bfd_boolean
1429
section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection *section)
1430
{
1431
  const char *name;
1432
 
1433
  name = bfd_get_section_name (section->owner, section);
1434
  return (FN_STUB_P (name)
1435
          || CALL_STUB_P (name)
1436
          || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name)
1437
          || strcmp (name, ".pdr") == 0);
1438
}
1439
 
1440
/* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1441
   stub section of some kind.  Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1442
   function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is.  */
1443
 
1444
static unsigned long
1445
mips16_stub_symndx (asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1446
                    const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
1447
                    const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
1448
{
1449
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
1450
 
1451
  /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any.  */
1452
  for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
1453
    if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info) == R_MIPS_NONE)
1454
      return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, rel->r_info);
1455
 
1456
  /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind.  This is
1457
     the traditional behavior.  */
1458
  if (relocs < relend)
1459
    return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, relocs->r_info);
1460
 
1461
  return 0;
1462
}
1463
 
1464
/* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1465
   discard them.  */
1466
 
1467
static void
1468
mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1469
                             struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1470
{
1471
  /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1472
     objects try to call them.  */
1473
  if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1474
      && h->root.dynindx != -1)
1475
    {
1476
      mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info, h, ".mips16.");
1477
      h->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
1478
    }
1479
 
1480
  if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1481
      && ! h->need_fn_stub)
1482
    {
1483
      /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1484
         are 16 bit calls.  Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1485
         being included in the link.  */
1486
      h->fn_stub->size = 0;
1487
      h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1488
      h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1489
      h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1490
    }
1491
 
1492
  if (h->call_stub != NULL
1493
      && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1494
    {
1495
      /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1496
         calls from other 16 bit functions are OK.  Clobber the size
1497
         to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link.  */
1498
      h->call_stub->size = 0;
1499
      h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1500
      h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1501
      h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1502
    }
1503
 
1504
  if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
1505
      && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1506
    {
1507
      /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1508
         calls from other 16 bit functions are OK.  Clobber the size
1509
         to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link.  */
1510
      h->call_fp_stub->size = 0;
1511
      h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1512
      h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1513
      h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1514
    }
1515
}
1516
 
1517
/* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs.  */
1518
 
1519
static hashval_t
1520
mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_)
1521
{
1522
  const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry;
1523
 
1524
  entry = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry_;
1525
  return entry->h->root.root.u.def.section->id
1526
    + entry->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1527
}
1528
 
1529
static int
1530
mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
1531
{
1532
  const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry1, *entry2;
1533
 
1534
  entry1 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry1_;
1535
  entry2 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry2_;
1536
  return ((entry1->h->root.root.u.def.section
1537
           == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.section)
1538
          && (entry1->h->root.root.u.def.value
1539
              == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.value));
1540
}
1541
 
1542
/* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code.  FN is
1543
   the linker's implementation of add_stub_function.  Return true on
1544
   success.  */
1545
 
1546
bfd_boolean
1547
_bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1548
                          asection *(*fn) (const char *, asection *,
1549
                                           asection *))
1550
{
1551
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1552
 
1553
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1554
  if (htab == NULL)
1555
    return FALSE;
1556
 
1557
  htab->add_stub_section = fn;
1558
  htab->la25_stubs = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash,
1559
                                      mips_elf_la25_stub_eq, NULL);
1560
  if (htab->la25_stubs == NULL)
1561
    return FALSE;
1562
 
1563
  return TRUE;
1564
}
1565
 
1566
/* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1567
   that it might need $25 to be valid on entry.  Note that MIPS16
1568
   functions never need $25 to be valid on entry; they set up $gp
1569
   using PC-relative instructions instead.  */
1570
 
1571
static bfd_boolean
1572
mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1573
{
1574
  return ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1575
           || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1576
          && h->root.def_regular
1577
          && !bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section)
1578
          && !ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other)
1579
          && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h->root.root.u.def.section->owner)
1580
              || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other)));
1581
}
1582
 
1583
/* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1584
   by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1585
   Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it.  */
1586
 
1587
static bfd_boolean
1588
mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1589
                         struct bfd_link_info *info)
1590
{
1591
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1592
  char *name;
1593
  asection *s, *input_section;
1594
  unsigned int align;
1595
 
1596
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1597
  if (htab == NULL)
1598
    return FALSE;
1599
 
1600
  /* Create a unique name for the new section.  */
1601
  name = bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1602
  if (name == NULL)
1603
    return FALSE;
1604
  sprintf (name, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab->la25_stubs));
1605
 
1606
  /* Create the section.  */
1607
  input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1608
  s = htab->add_stub_section (name, input_section,
1609
                              input_section->output_section);
1610
  if (s == NULL)
1611
    return FALSE;
1612
 
1613
  /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub.  */
1614
  align = input_section->alignment_power;
1615
  if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, align))
1616
    return FALSE;
1617
  if (align > 3)
1618
    s->size = (1 << align) - 8;
1619
 
1620
  /* Create a symbol for the stub.  */
1621
  mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 8);
1622
  stub->stub_section = s;
1623
  stub->offset = s->size;
1624
 
1625
  /* Allocate room for it.  */
1626
  s->size += 8;
1627
  return TRUE;
1628
}
1629
 
1630
/* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1631
   with a separate trampoline.  Allocate room for it and redirect
1632
   the function symbol to it.  */
1633
 
1634
static bfd_boolean
1635
mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1636
                              struct bfd_link_info *info)
1637
{
1638
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1639
  asection *s;
1640
 
1641
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1642
  if (htab == NULL)
1643
    return FALSE;
1644
 
1645
  /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already.  */
1646
  s = htab->strampoline;
1647
  if (s == NULL)
1648
    {
1649
      asection *input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1650
      s = htab->add_stub_section (".text", NULL,
1651
                                  input_section->output_section);
1652
      if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, 4))
1653
        return FALSE;
1654
      htab->strampoline = s;
1655
    }
1656
 
1657
  /* Create a symbol for the stub.  */
1658
  mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 16);
1659
  stub->stub_section = s;
1660
  stub->offset = s->size;
1661
 
1662
  /* Allocate room for it.  */
1663
  s->size += 16;
1664
  return TRUE;
1665
}
1666
 
1667
/* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub.  Make sure that an
1668
   appropriate stub exists and point H at it.  */
1669
 
1670
static bfd_boolean
1671
mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1672
                        struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1673
{
1674
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1675
  struct mips_elf_la25_stub search, *stub;
1676
  bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p;
1677
  asection *s;
1678
  bfd_vma value;
1679
  void **slot;
1680
 
1681
  /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1682
     of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops.  */
1683
  s = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1684
  value = h->root.root.u.def.value;
1685
  use_trampoline_p = (value != 0 || s->alignment_power > 4);
1686
 
1687
  /* Describe the stub we want.  */
1688
  search.stub_section = NULL;
1689
  search.offset = 0;
1690
  search.h = h;
1691
 
1692
  /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub.  */
1693
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1694
  if (htab == NULL)
1695
    return FALSE;
1696
 
1697
  slot = htab_find_slot (htab->la25_stubs, &search, INSERT);
1698
  if (slot == NULL)
1699
    return FALSE;
1700
 
1701
  stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
1702
  if (stub != NULL)
1703
    {
1704
      /* We can reuse the existing stub.  */
1705
      h->la25_stub = stub;
1706
      return TRUE;
1707
    }
1708
 
1709
  /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table.  */
1710
  stub = bfd_malloc (sizeof (search));
1711
  if (stub == NULL)
1712
    return FALSE;
1713
  *stub = search;
1714
  *slot = stub;
1715
 
1716
  h->la25_stub = stub;
1717
  return (use_trampoline_p
1718
          ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub, info)
1719
          : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub, info));
1720
}
1721
 
1722
/* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1723
   sections.  DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure.  */
1724
 
1725
static bfd_boolean
1726
mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
1727
{
1728
  struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
1729
 
1730
  hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
1731
  if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
1732
    h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
1733
 
1734
  if (!hti->info->relocatable)
1735
    mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti->info, h);
1736
 
1737
  if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h))
1738
    {
1739
      /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1740
         If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1741
         being PIC.  If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1742
         non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1743
         stub.  */
1744
      if (hti->info->relocatable)
1745
        {
1746
          if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti->output_bfd))
1747
            h->root.other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other);
1748
        }
1749
      else if (h->has_nonpic_branches && !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti->info, h))
1750
        {
1751
          hti->error = TRUE;
1752
          return FALSE;
1753
        }
1754
    }
1755
  return TRUE;
1756
}
1757
 
1758
/* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1759
   Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1760
   are 32 bits.
1761
 
1762
   The format of these instructions is:
1763
 
1764
   +--------------+--------------------------------+
1765
   |     JALX     | X|   Imm 20:16  |   Imm 25:21  |
1766
   +--------------+--------------------------------+
1767
   |                Immediate  15:0                |
1768
   +-----------------------------------------------+
1769
 
1770
   JALX is the 5-bit value 00011.  X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1771
   Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1772
 
1773
   When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1774
   handled mostly like R_MIPS_26.  In particular, the addend is
1775
   stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1776
   (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1777
   R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1778
   always zero).  However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1779
   16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value.  In a
1780
   big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1781
   file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1782
   This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1783
   instruction.
1784
 
1785
   When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1786
   instruction stored as two 16-bit values.  The addend A is the
1787
   contents of the targ26 field.  The calculation is the same as
1788
   R_MIPS_26.  When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1789
   immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1790
   value as two 16-bit values.
1791
 
1792
   To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1793
   defined as
1794
 
1795
   big-endian:
1796
   +--------+----------------------+
1797
   |        |                      |
1798
   |        |    targ26-16         |
1799
   |31    26|25                   0|
1800
   +--------+----------------------+
1801
 
1802
   little-endian:
1803
   +----------+------+-------------+
1804
   |          |      |             |
1805
   |  sub1    |      |     sub2    |
1806
   |0        9|10  15|16         31|
1807
   +----------+--------------------+
1808
   where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1809
   ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1810
 
1811
   When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1812
   (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1813
   When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1814
   let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1815
   ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1816
 
1817
   The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
1818
   Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
1819
   given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
1820
   immediate fields:
1821
 
1822
        R_MIPS16_GPREL          R_MIPS_GPREL16
1823
        R_MIPS16_GOT16          R_MIPS_GOT16
1824
        R_MIPS16_CALL16         R_MIPS_CALL16
1825
        R_MIPS16_HI16           R_MIPS_HI16
1826
        R_MIPS16_LO16           R_MIPS_LO16
1827
 
1828
   A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1829
 
1830
   +--------------+--------------------------------+
1831
   |    EXTEND    |     Imm 10:5    |   Imm 15:11  |
1832
   +--------------+--------------------------------+
1833
   |    Major     |   rx   |   ry   |   Imm  4:0   |
1834
   +--------------+--------------------------------+
1835
 
1836
   EXTEND is the five bit value 11110.  Major is the instruction
1837
   opcode.
1838
 
1839
   All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
1840
   As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1841
   little-endian system.  */
1842
 
1843
static inline bfd_boolean
1844
mips16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1845
{
1846
  switch (r_type)
1847
    {
1848
    case R_MIPS16_26:
1849
    case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
1850
    case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
1851
    case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
1852
    case R_MIPS16_HI16:
1853
    case R_MIPS16_LO16:
1854
      return TRUE;
1855
 
1856
    default:
1857
      return FALSE;
1858
    }
1859
}
1860
 
1861
static inline bfd_boolean
1862
got16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1863
{
1864
  return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 || r_type == R_MIPS16_GOT16;
1865
}
1866
 
1867
static inline bfd_boolean
1868
call16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1869
{
1870
  return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16;
1871
}
1872
 
1873
static inline bfd_boolean
1874
hi16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1875
{
1876
  return r_type == R_MIPS_HI16 || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16;
1877
}
1878
 
1879
static inline bfd_boolean
1880
lo16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1881
{
1882
  return r_type == R_MIPS_LO16 || r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16;
1883
}
1884
 
1885
static inline bfd_boolean
1886
mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type)
1887
{
1888
  return r_type == R_MIPS16_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16;
1889
}
1890
 
1891
static inline bfd_boolean
1892
jal_reloc_p (int r_type)
1893
{
1894
  return r_type == R_MIPS_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_26;
1895
}
1896
 
1897
void
1898
_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
1899
                                 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
1900
{
1901
  bfd_vma extend, insn, val;
1902
 
1903
  if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
1904
    return;
1905
 
1906
  /* Pick up the mips16 extend instruction and the real instruction.  */
1907
  extend = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data);
1908
  insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2);
1909
  if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
1910
    {
1911
      if (jal_shuffle)
1912
        val = ((extend & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((extend & 0x3e0) << 11)
1913
              | ((extend & 0x1f) << 21) | insn;
1914
      else
1915
        val = extend << 16 | insn;
1916
    }
1917
  else
1918
    val = ((extend & 0xf800) << 16) | ((insn & 0xffe0) << 11)
1919
          | ((extend & 0x1f) << 11) | (extend & 0x7e0) | (insn & 0x1f);
1920
  bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, data);
1921
}
1922
 
1923
void
1924
_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
1925
                               bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
1926
{
1927
  bfd_vma extend, insn, val;
1928
 
1929
  if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
1930
    return;
1931
 
1932
  val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data);
1933
  if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
1934
    {
1935
      if (jal_shuffle)
1936
        {
1937
          insn = val & 0xffff;
1938
          extend = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0)
1939
                   | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f);
1940
        }
1941
      else
1942
        {
1943
          insn = val & 0xffff;
1944
          extend = val >> 16;
1945
        }
1946
    }
1947
  else
1948
    {
1949
      insn = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f);
1950
      extend = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0);
1951
    }
1952
  bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, data + 2);
1953
  bfd_put_16 (abfd, extend, data);
1954
}
1955
 
1956
bfd_reloc_status_type
1957
_bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
1958
                               arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section,
1959
                               bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp)
1960
{
1961
  bfd_vma relocation;
1962
  bfd_signed_vma val;
1963
  bfd_reloc_status_type status;
1964
 
1965
  if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1966
    relocation = 0;
1967
  else
1968
    relocation = symbol->value;
1969
 
1970
  relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
1971
  relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
1972
 
1973
  if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
1974
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1975
 
1976
  /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol.  */
1977
  val = reloc_entry->addend;
1978
 
1979
  _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16);
1980
 
1981
  /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value.  If we
1982
     are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1983
     an external symbol.  */
1984
  if (! relocatable
1985
      || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
1986
    val += relocation - gp;
1987
 
1988
  if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
1989
    {
1990
      status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
1991
                                       (bfd_byte *) data
1992
                                       + reloc_entry->address);
1993
      if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
1994
        return status;
1995
    }
1996
  else
1997
    reloc_entry->addend = val;
1998
 
1999
  if (relocatable)
2000
    reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2001
 
2002
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
2003
}
2004
 
2005
/* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2006
   R_MIPS_GOT16.  REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2007
   that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2008
   INPUT_SECTION.  */
2009
 
2010
struct mips_hi16
2011
{
2012
  struct mips_hi16 *next;
2013
  bfd_byte *data;
2014
  asection *input_section;
2015
  arelent rel;
2016
};
2017
 
2018
/* FIXME: This should not be a static variable.  */
2019
 
2020
static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list;
2021
 
2022
/* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations.  We can only
2023
   calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2024
   *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2025
 
2026
   The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2027
   However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2028
   *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16.  This significantly
2029
   simplies the relocation handling in gcc.  */
2030
 
2031
bfd_reloc_status_type
2032
_bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2033
                          asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data,
2034
                          asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2035
                          char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2036
{
2037
  struct mips_hi16 *n;
2038
 
2039
  if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2040
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2041
 
2042
  n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n);
2043
  if (n == NULL)
2044
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2045
 
2046
  n->next = mips_hi16_list;
2047
  n->data = data;
2048
  n->input_section = input_section;
2049
  n->rel = *reloc_entry;
2050
  mips_hi16_list = n;
2051
 
2052
  if (output_bfd != NULL)
2053
    reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2054
 
2055
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
2056
}
2057
 
2058
/* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations.  This is just
2059
   like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2060
   treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols.  */
2061
 
2062
bfd_reloc_status_type
2063
_bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2064
                           void *data, asection *input_section,
2065
                           bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2066
{
2067
  if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
2068
      || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))
2069
      || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)))
2070
    /* The relocation is against a global symbol.  */
2071
    return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2072
                                        input_section, output_bfd,
2073
                                        error_message);
2074
 
2075
  return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2076
                                   input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
2077
}
2078
 
2079
/* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations.  The *LO16 itself
2080
   is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2081
   any partnering high-part relocations as well.  */
2082
 
2083
bfd_reloc_status_type
2084
_bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2085
                          void *data, asection *input_section,
2086
                          bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2087
{
2088
  bfd_vma vallo;
2089
  bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2090
 
2091
  if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2092
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2093
 
2094
  _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2095
                                   location);
2096
  vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location);
2097
  _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2098
                                 location);
2099
 
2100
  while (mips_hi16_list != NULL)
2101
    {
2102
      bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
2103
      struct mips_hi16 *hi;
2104
 
2105
      hi = mips_hi16_list;
2106
 
2107
      /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case.  We
2108
         want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2109
         relocation (with a rightshift of 16).  However, since GOT16
2110
         relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2111
         has a rightshift of 0.  */
2112
      if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
2113
        hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2114
      else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS16_GOT16)
2115
        hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS16_HI16, FALSE);
2116
 
2117
      /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number.  Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2118
         carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part.  */
2119
      hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2120
 
2121
      ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data,
2122
                                         hi->input_section, output_bfd,
2123
                                         error_message);
2124
      if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
2125
        return ret;
2126
 
2127
      mips_hi16_list = hi->next;
2128
      free (hi);
2129
    }
2130
 
2131
  return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2132
                                      input_section, output_bfd,
2133
                                      error_message);
2134
}
2135
 
2136
/* A generic howto special_function.  This calculates and installs the
2137
   relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2138
   bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation.  */
2139
 
2140
bfd_reloc_status_type
2141
_bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2142
                             asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2143
                             asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2144
                             char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2145
{
2146
  bfd_signed_vma val;
2147
  bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2148
  bfd_boolean relocatable;
2149
 
2150
  relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL);
2151
 
2152
  if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2153
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2154
 
2155
  /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL.  */
2156
  val = 0;
2157
  if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2158
    {
2159
      /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2160
         relocation against a section symbol.  Add in the section's
2161
         offset or address.  */
2162
      val += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2163
      val += symbol->section->output_offset;
2164
    }
2165
 
2166
  if (!relocatable)
2167
    {
2168
      /* We're calculating the final field value.  Add in the symbol's value
2169
         and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself.  */
2170
      val += symbol->value;
2171
      if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
2172
        {
2173
          val -= input_section->output_section->vma;
2174
          val -= input_section->output_offset;
2175
          val -= reloc_entry->address;
2176
        }
2177
    }
2178
 
2179
  /* VAL is now the final adjustment.  If we're keeping this relocation
2180
     in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2181
     we just need to add VAL to that addend.  Otherwise we need to add
2182
     VAL to the relocation field itself.  */
2183
  if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2184
    reloc_entry->addend += val;
2185
  else
2186
    {
2187
      bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2188
 
2189
      /* Add in the separate addend, if any.  */
2190
      val += reloc_entry->addend;
2191
 
2192
      /* Add VAL to the relocation field.  */
2193
      _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2194
                                       location);
2195
      status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2196
                                       location);
2197
      _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2198
                                     location);
2199
 
2200
      if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2201
        return status;
2202
    }
2203
 
2204
  if (relocatable)
2205
    reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2206
 
2207
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
2208
}
2209
 
2210
/* Swap an entry in a .gptab section.  Note that these routines rely
2211
   on the equivalence of the two elements of the union.  */
2212
 
2213
static void
2214
bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex,
2215
                              Elf32_gptab *in)
2216
{
2217
  in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2218
  in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2219
}
2220
 
2221
static void
2222
bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in,
2223
                               Elf32_External_gptab *ex)
2224
{
2225
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2226
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2227
}
2228
 
2229
static void
2230
bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in,
2231
                                Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex)
2232
{
2233
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
2234
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
2235
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
2236
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
2237
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
2238
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
2239
}
2240
 
2241
static void
2242
bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in,
2243
                           Elf32_External_crinfo *ex)
2244
{
2245
  unsigned long l;
2246
 
2247
  l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
2248
       | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
2249
       | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
2250
       | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
2251
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
2252
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
2253
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
2254
}
2255
 
2256
/* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure.  These
2257
   routines swap this structure in and out.  They are used outside of
2258
   BFD, so they are globally visible.  */
2259
 
2260
void
2261
bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex,
2262
                                Elf32_RegInfo *in)
2263
{
2264
  in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2265
  in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2266
  in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2267
  in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2268
  in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2269
  in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2270
}
2271
 
2272
void
2273
bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in,
2274
                                 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex)
2275
{
2276
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2277
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2278
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2279
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2280
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2281
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2282
}
2283
 
2284
/* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2285
   information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure.  These routines swap
2286
   them in and out.  They are globally visible because they are used
2287
   outside of BFD.  These routines are here so that gas can call them
2288
   without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included.  */
2289
 
2290
void
2291
bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex,
2292
                                Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in)
2293
{
2294
  in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2295
  in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
2296
  in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2297
  in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2298
  in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2299
  in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2300
  in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2301
}
2302
 
2303
void
2304
bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in,
2305
                                 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex)
2306
{
2307
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2308
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
2309
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2310
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2311
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2312
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2313
  H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2314
}
2315
 
2316
/* Swap in an options header.  */
2317
 
2318
void
2319
bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex,
2320
                              Elf_Internal_Options *in)
2321
{
2322
  in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
2323
  in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
2324
  in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
2325
  in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
2326
}
2327
 
2328
/* Swap out an options header.  */
2329
 
2330
void
2331
bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in,
2332
                               Elf_External_Options *ex)
2333
{
2334
  H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
2335
  H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
2336
  H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
2337
  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
2338
}
2339
 
2340
/* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2341
   entries by increasing r_symndx value.  */
2342
 
2343
static int
2344
sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
2345
{
2346
  Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
2347
  Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
2348
  int diff;
2349
 
2350
  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
2351
  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
2352
 
2353
  diff = ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
2354
  if (diff != 0)
2355
    return diff;
2356
 
2357
  if (int_reloc1.r_offset < int_reloc2.r_offset)
2358
    return -1;
2359
  if (int_reloc1.r_offset > int_reloc2.r_offset)
2360
    return 1;
2361
  return 0;
2362
}
2363
 
2364
/* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations.  */
2365
 
2366
static int
2367
sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2368
                        const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2369
{
2370
#ifdef BFD64
2371
  Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3];
2372
  Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3];
2373
 
2374
  (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2375
    (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1);
2376
  (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2377
    (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
2378
 
2379
  if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2380
    return -1;
2381
  if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2382
    return 1;
2383
 
2384
  if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset < int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2385
    return -1;
2386
  if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset > int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2387
    return 1;
2388
  return 0;
2389
#else
2390
  abort ();
2391
#endif
2392
}
2393
 
2394
 
2395
/* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2396
   information.  It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse.  The
2397
   ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2398
   symbol information.  Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2399
   whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2400
   tables may wind up being different.  We must sort out the external
2401
   symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2402
   section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2403
   can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2404
   required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2405
   Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2406
   stripped but required by a reloc.  In particular, it can not happen
2407
   when generating a final executable.  */
2408
 
2409
static bfd_boolean
2410
mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
2411
{
2412
  struct extsym_info *einfo = data;
2413
  bfd_boolean strip;
2414
  asection *sec, *output_section;
2415
 
2416
  if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2417
    h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
2418
 
2419
  if (h->root.indx == -2)
2420
    strip = FALSE;
2421
  else if ((h->root.def_dynamic
2422
            || h->root.ref_dynamic
2423
            || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
2424
           && !h->root.def_regular
2425
           && !h->root.ref_regular)
2426
    strip = TRUE;
2427
  else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
2428
           || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
2429
               && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
2430
                                   h->root.root.root.string,
2431
                                   FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))
2432
    strip = TRUE;
2433
  else
2434
    strip = FALSE;
2435
 
2436
  if (strip)
2437
    return TRUE;
2438
 
2439
  if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
2440
    {
2441
      h->esym.jmptbl = 0;
2442
      h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
2443
      h->esym.weakext = 0;
2444
      h->esym.reserved = 0;
2445
      h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
2446
      h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2447
      h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
2448
 
2449
      if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
2450
          || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2451
        {
2452
          const char *name;
2453
 
2454
          /* Use undefined class.  Also, set class and type for some
2455
             special symbols.  */
2456
          name = h->root.root.root.string;
2457
          if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
2458
              || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
2459
            {
2460
              h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2461
              h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2462
              h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2463
            }
2464
          else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
2465
            {
2466
              h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2467
              h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2468
              h->esym.asym.value =
2469
                mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
2470
            }
2471
          else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
2472
            {
2473
              h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2474
              h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2475
              h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
2476
            }
2477
          else
2478
            h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2479
        }
2480
      else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
2481
          && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2482
        h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2483
      else
2484
        {
2485
          const char *name;
2486
 
2487
          sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2488
          output_section = sec->output_section;
2489
 
2490
          /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2491
             the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null.  */
2492
          if (output_section == NULL)
2493
            h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2494
          else
2495
            {
2496
              name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
2497
 
2498
              if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
2499
                h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
2500
              else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
2501
                h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2502
              else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
2503
                h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
2504
              else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
2505
                       || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
2506
                h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
2507
              else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
2508
                h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2509
              else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
2510
                h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2511
              else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
2512
                h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
2513
              else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
2514
                h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
2515
              else
2516
                h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2517
            }
2518
        }
2519
 
2520
      h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
2521
      h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
2522
    }
2523
 
2524
  if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
2525
    h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
2526
  else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2527
           || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2528
    {
2529
      if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
2530
        h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2531
      else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
2532
        h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2533
 
2534
      sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2535
      output_section = sec->output_section;
2536
      if (output_section != NULL)
2537
        h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
2538
                              + sec->output_offset
2539
                              + output_section->vma);
2540
      else
2541
        h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2542
    }
2543
  else
2544
    {
2545
      struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
2546
 
2547
      while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2548
        hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
2549
 
2550
      if (hd->needs_lazy_stub)
2551
        {
2552
          /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub.  */
2553
          h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
2554
          sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
2555
          if (sec == NULL)
2556
            h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2557
          else
2558
            {
2559
              output_section = sec->output_section;
2560
              if (output_section != NULL)
2561
                h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.offset
2562
                                      + sec->output_offset
2563
                                      + output_section->vma);
2564
              else
2565
                h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2566
            }
2567
        }
2568
    }
2569
 
2570
  if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
2571
                                      h->root.root.root.string,
2572
                                      &h->esym))
2573
    {
2574
      einfo->failed = TRUE;
2575
      return FALSE;
2576
    }
2577
 
2578
  return TRUE;
2579
}
2580
 
2581
/* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries.  */
2582
 
2583
static int
2584
gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
2585
{
2586
  const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1;
2587
  const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2;
2588
 
2589
  return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
2590
}
2591
 
2592
/* Functions to manage the got entry hash table.  */
2593
 
2594
/* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
2595
   hash number.  */
2596
 
2597
static INLINE hashval_t
2598
mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr)
2599
{
2600
#ifdef BFD64
2601
  return addr + (addr >> 32);
2602
#else
2603
  return addr;
2604
#endif
2605
}
2606
 
2607
/* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
2608
   use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
2609
   union members.  */
2610
 
2611
static hashval_t
2612
mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2613
{
2614
  const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
2615
 
2616
  return entry->symndx
2617
    + ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) << 17)
2618
    + (! entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
2619
       : entry->abfd->id
2620
         + (entry->symndx >= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)
2621
            : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash));
2622
}
2623
 
2624
static int
2625
mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2626
{
2627
  const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
2628
  const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
2629
 
2630
  /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry.  */
2631
  if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2632
    return 0;
2633
 
2634
  return e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->symndx == e2->symndx
2635
    && (! e1->abfd ? e1->d.address == e2->d.address
2636
        : e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
2637
        : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
2638
}
2639
 
2640
/* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
2641
   even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
2642
   hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
2643
   accordingly.  */
2644
 
2645
static hashval_t
2646
mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2647
{
2648
  const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
2649
 
2650
  return entry->symndx
2651
    + (! entry->abfd
2652
       ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
2653
       : entry->symndx >= 0
2654
       ? ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2655
          ? (GOT_TLS_LDM << 17)
2656
          : (entry->abfd->id
2657
             + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)))
2658
       : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash);
2659
}
2660
 
2661
static int
2662
mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2663
{
2664
  const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
2665
  const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
2666
 
2667
  /* Any two LDM entries match.  */
2668
  if (e1->tls_type & e2->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2669
    return 1;
2670
 
2671
  /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry.  */
2672
  if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2673
    return 0;
2674
 
2675
  return e1->symndx == e2->symndx
2676
    && (e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
2677
        : e1->abfd == NULL || e2->abfd == NULL
2678
        ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
2679
        : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
2680
}
2681
 
2682
static hashval_t
2683
mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2684
{
2685
  const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry;
2686
 
2687
  entry = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry_;
2688
  return entry->abfd->id + entry->symndx;
2689
}
2690
 
2691
static int
2692
mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
2693
{
2694
  const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry1, *entry2;
2695
 
2696
  entry1 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry1_;
2697
  entry2 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry2_;
2698
  return entry1->abfd == entry2->abfd && entry1->symndx == entry2->symndx;
2699
}
2700
 
2701
/* Return the dynamic relocation section.  If it doesn't exist, try to
2702
   create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL.  Also return NULL
2703
   if creation fails.  */
2704
 
2705
static asection *
2706
mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean create_p)
2707
{
2708
  const char *dname;
2709
  asection *sreloc;
2710
  bfd *dynobj;
2711
 
2712
  dname = MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info);
2713
  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
2714
  sreloc = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, dname);
2715
  if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
2716
    {
2717
      sreloc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, dname,
2718
                                            (SEC_ALLOC
2719
                                             | SEC_LOAD
2720
                                             | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2721
                                             | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2722
                                             | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2723
                                             | SEC_READONLY));
2724
      if (sreloc == NULL
2725
          || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
2726
                                          MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
2727
        return NULL;
2728
    }
2729
  return sreloc;
2730
}
2731
 
2732
/* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
2733
   access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
2734
   is NULL).  */
2735
 
2736
static int
2737
mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned char tls_type,
2738
                     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2739
{
2740
  int indx = 0;
2741
  int ret = 0;
2742
  bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
2743
  bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
2744
 
2745
  if (h && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
2746
      && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
2747
    indx = h->dynindx;
2748
 
2749
  if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
2750
      && (h == NULL
2751
          || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2752
          || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2753
    need_relocs = TRUE;
2754
 
2755
  if (!need_relocs)
2756
    return FALSE;
2757
 
2758
  if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
2759
    {
2760
      ret++;
2761
      if (indx != 0)
2762
        ret++;
2763
    }
2764
 
2765
  if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
2766
    ret++;
2767
 
2768
  if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) && info->shared)
2769
    ret++;
2770
 
2771
  return ret;
2772
}
2773
 
2774
/* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
2775
   ARG1, if it describes a local symbol.  */
2776
 
2777
static int
2778
mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1, void *arg2)
2779
{
2780
  struct mips_got_entry *entry = * (struct mips_got_entry **) arg1;
2781
  struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
2782
 
2783
  if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx != -1)
2784
    arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type, NULL);
2785
 
2786
  return 1;
2787
}
2788
 
2789
/* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
2790
   forced-local) symbol in ARG1.  */
2791
 
2792
static int
2793
mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1, void *arg2)
2794
{
2795
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
2796
    = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1;
2797
  struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
2798
 
2799
  if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
2800
    arg->needed += 2;
2801
  if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
2802
    arg->needed += 1;
2803
 
2804
  return 1;
2805
}
2806
 
2807
/* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
2808
   forced-local) symbol in ARG1.  */
2809
 
2810
static int
2811
mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1, void *arg2)
2812
{
2813
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
2814
    = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1;
2815
  struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
2816
 
2817
  arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, hm->tls_type, &hm->root);
2818
 
2819
  return 1;
2820
}
2821
 
2822
/* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC.  */
2823
 
2824
static void
2825
mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
2826
                                    asection *sreloc,
2827
                                    unsigned long reloc_index,
2828
                                    unsigned long indx,
2829
                                    int r_type,
2830
                                    bfd_vma offset)
2831
{
2832
  Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
2833
 
2834
  memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
2835
 
2836
  rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, indx, r_type);
2837
  rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
2838
 
2839
  if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
2840
    {
2841
      (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
2842
        (output_bfd, &rel[0],
2843
         (sreloc->contents
2844
          + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
2845
    }
2846
  else
2847
    bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
2848
      (output_bfd, &rel[0],
2849
       (sreloc->contents
2850
        + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
2851
}
2852
 
2853
/* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol.  */
2854
 
2855
static void
2856
mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_offset,
2857
                               unsigned char *tls_type_p,
2858
                               struct bfd_link_info *info,
2859
                               struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2860
                               bfd_vma value)
2861
{
2862
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2863
  int indx;
2864
  asection *sreloc, *sgot;
2865
  bfd_vma offset, offset2;
2866
  bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
2867
 
2868
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
2869
  if (htab == NULL)
2870
    return;
2871
 
2872
  sgot = htab->sgot;
2873
 
2874
  indx = 0;
2875
  if (h != NULL)
2876
    {
2877
      bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
2878
 
2879
      if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, &h->root)
2880
          && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
2881
        indx = h->root.dynindx;
2882
    }
2883
 
2884
  if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_DONE)
2885
    return;
2886
 
2887
  if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
2888
      && (h == NULL
2889
          || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT
2890
          || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2891
    need_relocs = TRUE;
2892
 
2893
  /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object.  It may not
2894
     be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
2895
     case.  Otherwise complain if we would use the value.  */
2896
  BFD_ASSERT (value != MINUS_ONE || (indx != 0 && need_relocs)
2897
              || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak);
2898
 
2899
  /* Emit necessary relocations.  */
2900
  sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
2901
 
2902
  /* General Dynamic.  */
2903
  if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_GD)
2904
    {
2905
      offset = got_offset;
2906
      offset2 = offset + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
2907
 
2908
      if (need_relocs)
2909
        {
2910
          mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2911
            (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
2912
             ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
2913
             sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
2914
 
2915
          if (indx)
2916
            mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2917
              (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
2918
               ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32,
2919
               sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset2);
2920
          else
2921
            MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
2922
                               sgot->contents + offset2);
2923
        }
2924
      else
2925
        {
2926
          MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
2927
                             sgot->contents + offset);
2928
          MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
2929
                             sgot->contents + offset2);
2930
        }
2931
 
2932
      got_offset += 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
2933
    }
2934
 
2935
  /* Initial Exec model.  */
2936
  if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_IE)
2937
    {
2938
      offset = got_offset;
2939
 
2940
      if (need_relocs)
2941
        {
2942
          if (indx == 0)
2943
            MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma,
2944
                               sgot->contents + offset);
2945
          else
2946
            MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
2947
                               sgot->contents + offset);
2948
 
2949
          mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2950
            (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
2951
             ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32,
2952
             sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
2953
        }
2954
      else
2955
        MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - tprel_base (info),
2956
                           sgot->contents + offset);
2957
    }
2958
 
2959
  if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2960
    {
2961
      /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
2962
         bias by DTP_OFFSET.  */
2963
      MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
2964
                         sgot->contents + got_offset
2965
                         + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
2966
 
2967
      if (!info->shared)
2968
        MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
2969
                           sgot->contents + got_offset);
2970
      else
2971
        mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2972
          (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
2973
           ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
2974
           sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
2975
    }
2976
 
2977
  *tls_type_p |= GOT_TLS_DONE;
2978
}
2979
 
2980
/* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
2981
   a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models.  The GOT entries for this
2982
   symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX.  This function initializes the
2983
   GOT entries and corresponding relocations.  */
2984
 
2985
static bfd_vma
2986
mips_tls_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_index, unsigned char *tls_type,
2987
                    int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2988
                    struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, bfd_vma symbol)
2989
{
2990
  BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2991
              || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM);
2992
 
2993
  mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd, got_index, tls_type, info, h, symbol);
2994
 
2995
  if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL)
2996
    {
2997
      BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE);
2998
      if (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
2999
        return got_index + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3000
      else
3001
        return got_index;
3002
    }
3003
 
3004
  if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD)
3005
    {
3006
      BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD);
3007
      return got_index;
3008
    }
3009
 
3010
  if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
3011
    {
3012
      BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM);
3013
      return got_index;
3014
    }
3015
 
3016
  return got_index;
3017
}
3018
 
3019
/* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3020
   for global symbol H.  .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3021
   will be negative.  */
3022
 
3023
static bfd_vma
3024
mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3025
                       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3026
{
3027
  bfd_vma plt_index, got_address, got_value;
3028
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3029
 
3030
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3031
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3032
 
3033
  BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
3034
 
3035
  /* This function only works for VxWorks, because a non-VxWorks .got.plt
3036
     section starts with reserved entries.  */
3037
  BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
3038
 
3039
  /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry.  */
3040
  plt_index = (h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size) / htab->plt_entry_size;
3041
 
3042
  /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry.  */
3043
  got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
3044
                 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3045
                 + plt_index * 4);
3046
 
3047
  /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
3048
  got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3049
               + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3050
               + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3051
 
3052
  return got_address - got_value;
3053
}
3054
 
3055
/* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE.   If there is not yet a GOT
3056
   entry for this value, create one.  If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3057
   create a TLS GOT entry instead.  Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3058
   offset can be found.  */
3059
 
3060
static bfd_vma
3061
mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3062
                          bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx,
3063
                          struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
3064
{
3065
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3066
  struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3067
 
3068
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3069
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3070
 
3071
  entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value,
3072
                                           r_symndx, h, r_type);
3073
  if (!entry)
3074
    return MINUS_ONE;
3075
 
3076
  if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3077
    {
3078
      if (entry->symndx == -1 && htab->got_info->next == NULL)
3079
        /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case.  We use the symbol's
3080
           hash table entry to track the index.  */
3081
        return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, h->tls_got_offset, &h->tls_type,
3082
                                   r_type, info, h, value);
3083
      else
3084
        return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, entry->gotidx, &entry->tls_type,
3085
                                   r_type, info, h, value);
3086
    }
3087
  else
3088
    return entry->gotidx;
3089
}
3090
 
3091
/* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H.  */
3092
 
3093
static bfd_vma
3094
mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3095
                           int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3096
{
3097
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3098
  bfd_vma got_index;
3099
  struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
3100
  long global_got_dynindx = 0;
3101
 
3102
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3103
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3104
 
3105
  gg = g = htab->got_info;
3106
  if (g->bfd2got && ibfd)
3107
    {
3108
      struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
3109
 
3110
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= 0);
3111
 
3112
      g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
3113
      if (g->next != gg || TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3114
        {
3115
          e.abfd = ibfd;
3116
          e.symndx = -1;
3117
          e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
3118
          e.tls_type = 0;
3119
 
3120
          p = htab_find (g->got_entries, &e);
3121
 
3122
          BFD_ASSERT (p->gotidx > 0);
3123
 
3124
          if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3125
            {
3126
              bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
3127
              if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3128
                   || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3129
                  && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
3130
                value = (h->root.u.def.value
3131
                         + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3132
                         + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
3133
 
3134
              return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, p->gotidx, &p->tls_type, r_type,
3135
                                         info, e.d.h, value);
3136
            }
3137
          else
3138
            return p->gotidx;
3139
        }
3140
    }
3141
 
3142
  if (gg->global_gotsym != NULL)
3143
    global_got_dynindx = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
3144
 
3145
  if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3146
    {
3147
      struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
3148
        = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3149
      bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
3150
 
3151
      if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3152
           || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3153
          && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
3154
        value = (h->root.u.def.value
3155
                 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3156
                 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
3157
 
3158
      got_index = mips_tls_got_index (abfd, hm->tls_got_offset, &hm->tls_type,
3159
                                      r_type, info, hm, value);
3160
    }
3161
  else
3162
    {
3163
      /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3164
         symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3165
         indices into the GOT.  That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
3166
         offset.  */
3167
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
3168
      got_index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
3169
                   * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
3170
    }
3171
  BFD_ASSERT (got_index < htab->sgot->size);
3172
 
3173
  return got_index;
3174
}
3175
 
3176
/* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE.  These
3177
   entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3178
   within 32KB of GP.  Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3179
   entry could be created.  If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3180
   offset of the GOT entry from VALUE.  */
3181
 
3182
static bfd_vma
3183
mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3184
                   bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
3185
{
3186
  bfd_vma page, got_index;
3187
  struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3188
 
3189
  page = (value + 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
3190
  entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, page, 0,
3191
                                           NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
3192
 
3193
  if (!entry)
3194
    return MINUS_ONE;
3195
 
3196
  got_index = entry->gotidx;
3197
 
3198
  if (offsetp)
3199
    *offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
3200
 
3201
  return got_index;
3202
}
3203
 
3204
/* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3205
   EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was against a global symbol
3206
   that has been forced local.  */
3207
 
3208
static bfd_vma
3209
mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3210
                      bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
3211
{
3212
  struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3213
 
3214
  /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3215
     relocation; those against global symbols are not.  Thus if the
3216
     symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3217
     equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself.  */
3218
  if (! external)
3219
    value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
3220
 
3221
  /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3222
     R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc.  The format of the entry is the
3223
     same in all cases.  */
3224
  entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value, 0,
3225
                                           NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16);
3226
  if (entry)
3227
    return entry->gotidx;
3228
  else
3229
    return MINUS_ONE;
3230
}
3231
 
3232
/* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3233
   in the GOT.  */
3234
 
3235
static bfd_vma
3236
mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *output_bfd,
3237
                                bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma got_index)
3238
{
3239
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3240
  asection *sgot;
3241
  bfd_vma gp;
3242
 
3243
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3244
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3245
 
3246
  sgot = htab->sgot;
3247
  gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
3248
    + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
3249
 
3250
  return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + got_index - gp;
3251
}
3252
 
3253
/* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3254
   from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON.  Return NULL if it could not
3255
   be created.  If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3256
   instead.  */
3257
 
3258
static struct mips_got_entry *
3259
mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3260
                                 bfd *ibfd, bfd_vma value,
3261
                                 unsigned long r_symndx,
3262
                                 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3263
                                 int r_type)
3264
{
3265
  struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
3266
  struct mips_got_info *g;
3267
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3268
 
3269
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3270
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3271
 
3272
  entry.abfd = NULL;
3273
  entry.symndx = -1;
3274
  entry.d.address = value;
3275
  entry.tls_type = 0;
3276
 
3277
  g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab->got_info, ibfd);
3278
  if (g == NULL)
3279
    {
3280
      g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab->got_info, abfd);
3281
      BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3282
    }
3283
 
3284
  /* We might have a symbol, H, if it has been forced local.  Use the
3285
     global entry then.  It doesn't matter whether an entry is local
3286
     or global for TLS, since the dynamic linker does not
3287
     automatically relocate TLS GOT entries.  */
3288
  BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->root.forced_local);
3289
  if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3290
    {
3291
      struct mips_got_entry *p;
3292
 
3293
      entry.abfd = ibfd;
3294
      if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
3295
        {
3296
          entry.tls_type = GOT_TLS_LDM;
3297
          entry.symndx = 0;
3298
          entry.d.addend = 0;
3299
        }
3300
      else if (h == NULL)
3301
        {
3302
          entry.symndx = r_symndx;
3303
          entry.d.addend = 0;
3304
        }
3305
      else
3306
        entry.d.h = h;
3307
 
3308
      p = (struct mips_got_entry *)
3309
        htab_find (g->got_entries, &entry);
3310
 
3311
      BFD_ASSERT (p);
3312
      return p;
3313
    }
3314
 
3315
  loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
3316
                                                   INSERT);
3317
  if (*loc)
3318
    return *loc;
3319
 
3320
  entry.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++;
3321
  entry.tls_type = 0;
3322
 
3323
  *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
3324
 
3325
  if (! *loc)
3326
    return NULL;
3327
 
3328
  memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
3329
 
3330
  if (g->assigned_gotno > g->local_gotno)
3331
    {
3332
      (*loc)->gotidx = -1;
3333
      /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT.  */
3334
      (*_bfd_error_handler)
3335
        (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3336
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3337
      return NULL;
3338
    }
3339
 
3340
  MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value,
3341
                     (htab->sgot->contents + entry.gotidx));
3342
 
3343
  /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks.  */
3344
  if (htab->is_vxworks)
3345
    {
3346
      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3347
      asection *s;
3348
      bfd_byte *rloc;
3349
      bfd_vma got_address;
3350
 
3351
      s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3352
      got_address = (htab->sgot->output_section->vma
3353
                     + htab->sgot->output_offset
3354
                     + entry.gotidx);
3355
 
3356
      rloc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
3357
      outrel.r_offset = got_address;
3358
      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_MIPS_32);
3359
      outrel.r_addend = value;
3360
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, rloc);
3361
    }
3362
 
3363
  return *loc;
3364
}
3365
 
3366
/* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3367
   The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3368
   much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3369
   the current linking stage.  */
3370
 
3371
static bfd_size_type
3372
count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3373
{
3374
  bfd_size_type count;
3375
 
3376
  count = 0;
3377
  if (info->shared || elf_hash_table (info)->is_relocatable_executable)
3378
    {
3379
      asection *p;
3380
      const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3381
 
3382
      bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
3383
      for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next)
3384
        if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3385
            && (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3386
            && !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p))
3387
          ++count;
3388
    }
3389
  return count;
3390
}
3391
 
3392
/* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3393
   appear towards the end.  */
3394
 
3395
static bfd_boolean
3396
mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3397
{
3398
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3399
  struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
3400
  struct mips_got_info *g;
3401
 
3402
  if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount == 0)
3403
    return TRUE;
3404
 
3405
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3406
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3407
 
3408
  g = htab->got_info;
3409
  if (g == NULL)
3410
    return TRUE;
3411
 
3412
  hsd.low = NULL;
3413
  hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3414
    = hsd.min_got_dynindx
3415
    = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->reloc_only_gotno);
3416
  hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info) + 1;
3417
  mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
3418
                                elf_hash_table (info)),
3419
                               mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
3420
                               &hsd);
3421
 
3422
  /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3423
     accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols.  */
3424
  BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
3425
  BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3426
              == elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
3427
  BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - hsd.min_got_dynindx
3428
              == g->global_gotno);
3429
 
3430
  /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3431
     table index in the GOT.  */
3432
  g->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
3433
 
3434
  return TRUE;
3435
}
3436
 
3437
/* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3438
   index.  Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3439
   index.  */
3440
 
3441
static bfd_boolean
3442
mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
3443
{
3444
  struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data;
3445
 
3446
  if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3447
    h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
3448
 
3449
  /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3450
     at all.  */
3451
  if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
3452
    return TRUE;
3453
 
3454
  switch (h->global_got_area)
3455
    {
3456
    case GGA_NONE:
3457
      h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
3458
      break;
3459
 
3460
    case GGA_NORMAL:
3461
      BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
3462
 
3463
      h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
3464
      hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3465
      break;
3466
 
3467
    case GGA_RELOC_ONLY:
3468
      BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
3469
 
3470
      if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
3471
        hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3472
      h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
3473
      break;
3474
    }
3475
 
3476
  return TRUE;
3477
}
3478
 
3479
/* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
3480
   symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
3481
   posterity.  */
3482
 
3483
static bfd_boolean
3484
mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3485
                                   bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3486
                                   unsigned char tls_flag)
3487
{
3488
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3489
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
3490
  struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
3491
  struct mips_got_info *g;
3492
 
3493
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3494
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3495
 
3496
  hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3497
 
3498
  /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3499
     table.  */
3500
  if (h->dynindx == -1)
3501
    {
3502
      switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
3503
        {
3504
        case STV_INTERNAL:
3505
        case STV_HIDDEN:
3506
          _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
3507
          break;
3508
        }
3509
      if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3510
        return FALSE;
3511
    }
3512
 
3513
  /* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into.  */
3514
  g = htab->got_info;
3515
  BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3516
 
3517
  entry.abfd = abfd;
3518
  entry.symndx = -1;
3519
  entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3520
  entry.tls_type = 0;
3521
 
3522
  loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
3523
                                                   INSERT);
3524
 
3525
  /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
3526
     need to do it again.  */
3527
  if (*loc)
3528
    {
3529
      (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
3530
      return TRUE;
3531
    }
3532
 
3533
  *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
3534
 
3535
  if (! *loc)
3536
    return FALSE;
3537
 
3538
  entry.gotidx = -1;
3539
  entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
3540
 
3541
  memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
3542
 
3543
  if (tls_flag == 0)
3544
    hmips->global_got_area = GGA_NORMAL;
3545
 
3546
  return TRUE;
3547
}
3548
 
3549
/* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
3550
   SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND.  */
3551
 
3552
static bfd_boolean
3553
mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
3554
                                  struct bfd_link_info *info,
3555
                                  unsigned char tls_flag)
3556
{
3557
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3558
  struct mips_got_info *g;
3559
  struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
3560
 
3561
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3562
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3563
 
3564
  g = htab->got_info;
3565
  BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3566
 
3567
  entry.abfd = abfd;
3568
  entry.symndx = symndx;
3569
  entry.d.addend = addend;
3570
  entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
3571
  loc = (struct mips_got_entry **)
3572
    htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, INSERT);
3573
 
3574
  if (*loc)
3575
    {
3576
      if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD))
3577
        {
3578
          g->tls_gotno += 2;
3579
          (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
3580
        }
3581
      else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
3582
        {
3583
          g->tls_gotno += 1;
3584
          (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
3585
        }
3586
      return TRUE;
3587
    }
3588
 
3589
  if (tls_flag != 0)
3590
    {
3591
      entry.gotidx = -1;
3592
      entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
3593
      if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE)
3594
        g->tls_gotno += 1;
3595
      else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD)
3596
        g->tls_gotno += 2;
3597
      else if (g->tls_ldm_offset == MINUS_ONE)
3598
        {
3599
          g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_TWO;
3600
          g->tls_gotno += 2;
3601
        }
3602
    }
3603
  else
3604
    {
3605
      entry.gotidx = g->local_gotno++;
3606
      entry.tls_type = 0;
3607
    }
3608
 
3609
  *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
3610
 
3611
  if (! *loc)
3612
    return FALSE;
3613
 
3614
  memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
3615
 
3616
  return TRUE;
3617
}
3618
 
3619
/* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE.  */
3620
 
3621
static bfd_vma
3622
mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range *range)
3623
{
3624
  return (range->max_addend - range->min_addend + 0x1ffff) >> 16;
3625
}
3626
 
3627
/* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and
3628
   that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation.
3629
 
3630
   This function creates an upper bound on the number of GOT slots
3631
   required; no attempt is made to combine references to non-overridable
3632
   global symbols across multiple input files.  */
3633
 
3634
static bfd_boolean
3635
mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
3636
                                long symndx, bfd_signed_vma addend)
3637
{
3638
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3639
  struct mips_got_info *g;
3640
  struct mips_got_page_entry lookup, *entry;
3641
  struct mips_got_page_range **range_ptr, *range;
3642
  bfd_vma old_pages, new_pages;
3643
  void **loc;
3644
 
3645
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3646
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3647
 
3648
  g = htab->got_info;
3649
  BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3650
 
3651
  /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this symbol.  */
3652
  lookup.abfd = abfd;
3653
  lookup.symndx = symndx;
3654
  loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
3655
  if (loc == NULL)
3656
    return FALSE;
3657
 
3658
  /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
3659
     seen the symbol.  */
3660
  entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *loc;
3661
  if (!entry)
3662
    {
3663
      entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
3664
      if (!entry)
3665
        return FALSE;
3666
 
3667
      entry->abfd = abfd;
3668
      entry->symndx = symndx;
3669
      entry->ranges = NULL;
3670
      entry->num_pages = 0;
3671
      *loc = entry;
3672
    }
3673
 
3674
  /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
3675
     with ADDEND.  */
3676
  range_ptr = &entry->ranges;
3677
  while (*range_ptr && addend > (*range_ptr)->max_addend + 0xffff)
3678
    range_ptr = &(*range_ptr)->next;
3679
 
3680
  /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
3681
     minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
3682
     a new singleton range.  */
3683
  range = *range_ptr;
3684
  if (!range || addend < range->min_addend - 0xffff)
3685
    {
3686
      range = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*range));
3687
      if (!range)
3688
        return FALSE;
3689
 
3690
      range->next = *range_ptr;
3691
      range->min_addend = addend;
3692
      range->max_addend = addend;
3693
 
3694
      *range_ptr = range;
3695
      entry->num_pages++;
3696
      g->page_gotno++;
3697
      return TRUE;
3698
    }
3699
 
3700
  /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed.  */
3701
  old_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
3702
 
3703
  /* Update the ranges.  */
3704
  if (addend < range->min_addend)
3705
    range->min_addend = addend;
3706
  else if (addend > range->max_addend)
3707
    {
3708
      if (range->next && addend >= range->next->min_addend - 0xffff)
3709
        {
3710
          old_pages += mips_elf_pages_for_range (range->next);
3711
          range->max_addend = range->next->max_addend;
3712
          range->next = range->next->next;
3713
        }
3714
      else
3715
        range->max_addend = addend;
3716
    }
3717
 
3718
  /* Record any change in the total estimate.  */
3719
  new_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
3720
  if (old_pages != new_pages)
3721
    {
3722
      entry->num_pages += new_pages - old_pages;
3723
      g->page_gotno += new_pages - old_pages;
3724
    }
3725
 
3726
  return TRUE;
3727
}
3728
 
3729
/* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD.  */
3730
 
3731
static void
3732
mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3733
                                       unsigned int n)
3734
{
3735
  asection *s;
3736
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3737
 
3738
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3739
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3740
 
3741
  s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3742
  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3743
 
3744
  if (htab->is_vxworks)
3745
    s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd);
3746
  else
3747
    {
3748
      if (s->size == 0)
3749
        {
3750
          /* Make room for a null element.  */
3751
          s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3752
          ++s->reloc_count;
3753
        }
3754
      s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3755
    }
3756
}
3757
 
3758
/* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries.  Set boolean *DATA to true
3759
   if the GOT entry is for an indirect or warning symbol.  */
3760
 
3761
static int
3762
mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
3763
{
3764
  struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3765
  bfd_boolean *must_recreate;
3766
 
3767
  entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
3768
  must_recreate = (bfd_boolean *) data;
3769
  if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
3770
    {
3771
      struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3772
 
3773
      h = entry->d.h;
3774
      if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3775
          || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3776
        {
3777
          *must_recreate = TRUE;
3778
          return 0;
3779
        }
3780
    }
3781
  return 1;
3782
}
3783
 
3784
/* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries.  Add all entries to
3785
   hash table *DATA, converting entries for indirect and warning
3786
   symbols into entries for the target symbol.  Set *DATA to null
3787
   on error.  */
3788
 
3789
static int
3790
mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
3791
{
3792
  htab_t *new_got;
3793
  struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3794
  void **slot;
3795
 
3796
  new_got = (htab_t *) data;
3797
  entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
3798
  if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
3799
    {
3800
      struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3801
 
3802
      h = entry->d.h;
3803
      while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3804
             || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3805
        {
3806
          BFD_ASSERT (h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
3807
          h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
3808
        }
3809
      entry->d.h = h;
3810
    }
3811
  slot = htab_find_slot (*new_got, entry, INSERT);
3812
  if (slot == NULL)
3813
    {
3814
      *new_got = NULL;
3815
      return 0;
3816
    }
3817
  if (*slot == NULL)
3818
    *slot = entry;
3819
  else
3820
    free (entry);
3821
  return 1;
3822
}
3823
 
3824
/* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
3825
   replace them with entries for the target symbol.  */
3826
 
3827
static bfd_boolean
3828
mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g)
3829
{
3830
  bfd_boolean must_recreate;
3831
  htab_t new_got;
3832
 
3833
  must_recreate = FALSE;
3834
  htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_check_recreate_got, &must_recreate);
3835
  if (must_recreate)
3836
    {
3837
      new_got = htab_create (htab_size (g->got_entries),
3838
                             mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
3839
                             mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
3840
      htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_recreate_got, &new_got);
3841
      if (new_got == NULL)
3842
        return FALSE;
3843
 
3844
      /* Each entry in g->got_entries has either been copied to new_got
3845
         or freed.  Now delete the hash table itself.  */
3846
      htab_delete (g->got_entries);
3847
      g->got_entries = new_got;
3848
    }
3849
  return TRUE;
3850
}
3851
 
3852
/* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points
3853
   to a mips_got_info.  Count the number of type (3) entries.  */
3854
 
3855
static int
3856
mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
3857
{
3858
  struct mips_got_info *g;
3859
 
3860
  g = (struct mips_got_info *) data;
3861
  if (h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
3862
    {
3863
      if (h->root.forced_local || h->root.dynindx == -1)
3864
        {
3865
          /* We no longer need this entry if it was only used for
3866
             relocations; those relocations will be against the
3867
             null or section symbol instead of H.  */
3868
          if (h->global_got_area != GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
3869
            g->local_gotno++;
3870
          h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
3871
        }
3872
      else
3873
        {
3874
          g->global_gotno++;
3875
          if (h->global_got_area == GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
3876
            g->reloc_only_gotno++;
3877
        }
3878
    }
3879
  return 1;
3880
}
3881
 
3882
/* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry.  */
3883
 
3884
static hashval_t
3885
mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
3886
{
3887
  const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *entry
3888
    = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry_;
3889
 
3890
  return entry->bfd->id;
3891
}
3892
 
3893
/* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd.  */
3894
 
3895
static int
3896
mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
3897
{
3898
  const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e1
3899
    = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry1;
3900
  const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e2
3901
    = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry2;
3902
 
3903
  return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
3904
}
3905
 
3906
/* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD.  G must
3907
   be the master GOT data.  */
3908
 
3909
static struct mips_got_info *
3910
mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
3911
{
3912
  struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e, *p;
3913
 
3914
  if (! g->bfd2got)
3915
    return g;
3916
 
3917
  e.bfd = ibfd;
3918
  p = htab_find (g->bfd2got, &e);
3919
  return p ? p->g : NULL;
3920
}
3921
 
3922
/* Use BFD2GOT to find ABFD's got entry, creating one if none exists.
3923
   Return NULL if an error occured.  */
3924
 
3925
static struct mips_got_info *
3926
mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (struct htab *bfd2got, bfd *output_bfd,
3927
                          bfd *input_bfd)
3928
{
3929
  struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry, *bfdgot;
3930
  struct mips_got_info *g;
3931
  void **bfdgotp;
3932
 
3933
  bfdgot_entry.bfd = input_bfd;
3934
  bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (bfd2got, &bfdgot_entry, INSERT);
3935
  bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *) *bfdgotp;
3936
 
3937
  if (bfdgot == NULL)
3938
    {
3939
      bfdgot = ((struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)
3940
                bfd_alloc (output_bfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash)));
3941
      if (bfdgot == NULL)
3942
        return NULL;
3943
 
3944
      *bfdgotp = bfdgot;
3945
 
3946
      g = ((struct mips_got_info *)
3947
           bfd_alloc (output_bfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info)));
3948
      if (g == NULL)
3949
        return NULL;
3950
 
3951
      bfdgot->bfd = input_bfd;
3952
      bfdgot->g = g;
3953
 
3954
      g->global_gotsym = NULL;
3955
      g->global_gotno = 0;
3956
      g->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
3957
      g->local_gotno = 0;
3958
      g->page_gotno = 0;
3959
      g->assigned_gotno = -1;
3960
      g->tls_gotno = 0;
3961
      g->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
3962
      g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
3963
      g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
3964
                                        mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq, NULL);
3965
      if (g->got_entries == NULL)
3966
        return NULL;
3967
 
3968
      g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
3969
                                             mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
3970
      if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
3971
        return NULL;
3972
 
3973
      g->bfd2got = NULL;
3974
      g->next = NULL;
3975
    }
3976
 
3977
  return bfdgot->g;
3978
}
3979
 
3980
/* A htab_traverse callback for the entries in the master got.
3981
   Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
3982
   got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
3983
   bfd requires.  */
3984
 
3985
static int
3986
mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
3987
{
3988
  struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
3989
  struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
3990
  struct mips_got_info *g;
3991
 
3992
  g = mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg->bfd2got, arg->obfd, entry->abfd);
3993
  if (g == NULL)
3994
    {
3995
      arg->obfd = NULL;
3996
      return 0;
3997
    }
3998
 
3999
  /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table.  */
4000
  entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
4001
  if (*entryp != NULL)
4002
    return 1;
4003
 
4004
  *entryp = entry;
4005
 
4006
  if (entry->tls_type)
4007
    {
4008
      if (entry->tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM))
4009
        g->tls_gotno += 2;
4010
      if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
4011
        g->tls_gotno += 1;
4012
    }
4013
  else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->root.forced_local)
4014
    ++g->local_gotno;
4015
  else
4016
    ++g->global_gotno;
4017
 
4018
  return 1;
4019
}
4020
 
4021
/* A htab_traverse callback for the page entries in the master got.
4022
   Associate each page entry with the bfd's got.  */
4023
 
4024
static int
4025
mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
4026
{
4027
  struct mips_got_page_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *entryp;
4028
  struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *) p;
4029
  struct mips_got_info *g;
4030
 
4031
  g = mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg->bfd2got, arg->obfd, entry->abfd);
4032
  if (g == NULL)
4033
    {
4034
      arg->obfd = NULL;
4035
      return 0;
4036
    }
4037
 
4038
  /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table.  */
4039
  entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, entry, INSERT);
4040
  if (*entryp != NULL)
4041
    return 1;
4042
 
4043
  *entryp = entry;
4044
  g->page_gotno += entry->num_pages;
4045
  return 1;
4046
}
4047
 
4048
/* Consider merging the got described by BFD2GOT with TO, using the
4049
   information given by ARG.  Return -1 if this would lead to overflow,
4050
   1 if they were merged successfully, and 0 if a merge failed due to
4051
   lack of memory.  (These values are chosen so that nonnegative return
4052
   values can be returned by a htab_traverse callback.)  */
4053
 
4054
static int
4055
mips_elf_merge_got_with (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got,
4056
                         struct mips_got_info *to,
4057
                         struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg)
4058
{
4059
  struct mips_got_info *from = bfd2got->g;
4060
  unsigned int estimate;
4061
 
4062
  /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT.  */
4063
  estimate = arg->max_pages;
4064
  if (estimate >= from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno)
4065
    estimate = from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno;
4066
 
4067
  /* And conservatively estimate how many local, global and TLS entries
4068
     would be needed.  */
4069
  estimate += (from->local_gotno
4070
               + from->global_gotno
4071
               + from->tls_gotno
4072
               + to->local_gotno
4073
               + to->global_gotno
4074
               + to->tls_gotno);
4075
 
4076
  /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big.  */
4077
  if (estimate > arg->max_count)
4078
    return -1;
4079
 
4080
  /* Commit to the merge.  Record that TO is now the bfd for this got.  */
4081
  bfd2got->g = to;
4082
 
4083
  /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO.  */
4084
  htab_traverse (from->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, arg);
4085
  if (arg->obfd == NULL)
4086
    return 0;
4087
 
4088
  htab_traverse (from->got_page_entries, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd, arg);
4089
  if (arg->obfd == NULL)
4090
    return 0;
4091
 
4092
  /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
4093
     got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
4094
     table anyway.  */
4095
  htab_delete (from->got_entries);
4096
  htab_delete (from->got_page_entries);
4097
  return 1;
4098
}
4099
 
4100
/* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds.  Try to use as much
4101
   as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4102
   dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4103
   symbols out of the addressable range.  Failing the primary got,
4104
   attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4105
   and then make make the new got current.  */
4106
 
4107
static int
4108
mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_, void *p)
4109
{
4110
  struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got
4111
    = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfd2got_;
4112
  struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
4113
  struct mips_got_info *g;
4114
  unsigned int estimate;
4115
  int result;
4116
 
4117
  g = bfd2got->g;
4118
 
4119
  /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries.  */
4120
  estimate = arg->max_pages;
4121
  if (estimate > g->page_gotno)
4122
    estimate = g->page_gotno;
4123
  estimate += g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4124
 
4125
  /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals.  The globals
4126
     for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4127
     sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4128
     case.  This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs.  */
4129
  estimate += (g->tls_gotno > 0 ? arg->global_count : g->global_gotno);
4130
 
4131
  if (estimate <= arg->max_count)
4132
    {
4133
      /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4134
         a starting point for the primary GOT.  */
4135
      if (!arg->primary)
4136
        {
4137
          arg->primary = bfd2got->g;
4138
          return 1;
4139
        }
4140
 
4141
      /* Try merging with the primary GOT.  */
4142
      result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got, arg->primary, arg);
4143
      if (result >= 0)
4144
        return result;
4145
    }
4146
 
4147
  /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it.  */
4148
  if (arg->current)
4149
    {
4150
      result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got, arg->current, arg);
4151
      if (result >= 0)
4152
        return result;
4153
    }
4154
 
4155
  /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT.  Don't check if it
4156
     fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4157
     overflows anyway.  */
4158
  g->next = arg->current;
4159
  arg->current = g;
4160
 
4161
  return 1;
4162
}
4163
 
4164
/* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP.  ENTRYP's NEXT field
4165
   is null iff there is just a single GOT.  */
4166
 
4167
static int
4168
mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp, void *p)
4169
{
4170
  struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
4171
  struct mips_got_info *g = p;
4172
  bfd_vma next_index;
4173
  unsigned char tls_type;
4174
 
4175
  /* We're only interested in TLS symbols.  */
4176
  if (entry->tls_type == 0)
4177
    return 1;
4178
 
4179
  next_index = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry->abfd) * (long) g->tls_assigned_gotno;
4180
 
4181
  if (entry->symndx == -1 && g->next == NULL)
4182
    {
4183
      /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case.  We use the symbol's
4184
         hash table entry to track its index.  */
4185
      if (entry->d.h->tls_type & GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE)
4186
        return 1;
4187
      entry->d.h->tls_type |= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE;
4188
      entry->d.h->tls_got_offset = next_index;
4189
      tls_type = entry->d.h->tls_type;
4190
    }
4191
  else
4192
    {
4193
      if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
4194
        {
4195
          /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd
4196
             that requires an LDM entry.  Make sure that all LDM entries in
4197
             a GOT resolve to the same index.  */
4198
          if (g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_TWO && g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_ONE)
4199
            {
4200
              entry->gotidx = g->tls_ldm_offset;
4201
              return 1;
4202
            }
4203
          g->tls_ldm_offset = next_index;
4204
        }
4205
      entry->gotidx = next_index;
4206
      tls_type = entry->tls_type;
4207
    }
4208
 
4209
  /* Account for the entries we've just allocated.  */
4210
  if (tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM))
4211
    g->tls_assigned_gotno += 2;
4212
  if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
4213
    g->tls_assigned_gotno += 1;
4214
 
4215
  return 1;
4216
}
4217
 
4218
/* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
4219
   to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
4220
   got) to the given VALUE.
4221
 
4222
   If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
4223
   not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
4224
   the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
4225
   global symbol.  G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
4226
   first available global GOT entry in G.  VALUE must contain the size
4227
   of a GOT entry in bytes.  For each global GOT entry that requires a
4228
   dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
4229
   marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
4230
   stub.  */
4231
static int
4232
mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp, void *p)
4233
{
4234
  struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
4235
  struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *arg
4236
    = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *)p;
4237
  struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g;
4238
 
4239
  if (g && entry->tls_type != GOT_NORMAL)
4240
    arg->needed_relocs +=
4241
      mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type,
4242
                           entry->symndx == -1 ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL);
4243
 
4244
  if (entry->abfd != NULL
4245
      && entry->symndx == -1
4246
      && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4247
    {
4248
      if (g)
4249
        {
4250
          BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotsym == NULL);
4251
 
4252
          entry->gotidx = arg->value * (long) g->assigned_gotno++;
4253
          if (arg->info->shared
4254
              || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created
4255
                  && entry->d.h->root.def_dynamic
4256
                  && !entry->d.h->root.def_regular))
4257
            ++arg->needed_relocs;
4258
        }
4259
      else
4260
        entry->d.h->global_got_area = arg->value;
4261
    }
4262
 
4263
  return 1;
4264
}
4265
 
4266
/* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4267
   bfd_link_info.  Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4268
   lazy-binding stubs.  */
4269
 
4270
static int
4271
mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp, void *data)
4272
{
4273
  struct bfd_link_info *info;
4274
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4275
  struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4276
 
4277
  entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4278
  info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
4279
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4280
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4281
 
4282
  if (entry->abfd != NULL
4283
      && entry->symndx == -1
4284
      && entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub)
4285
    {
4286
      entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
4287
      htab->lazy_stub_count--;
4288
    }
4289
 
4290
  return 1;
4291
}
4292
 
4293
/* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4294
   the primary GOT.  */
4295
static bfd_vma
4296
mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
4297
{
4298
  if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
4299
    return 0;
4300
 
4301
  g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
4302
  if (! g)
4303
    return 0;
4304
 
4305
  BFD_ASSERT (g->next);
4306
 
4307
  g = g->next;
4308
 
4309
  return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno)
4310
    * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4311
}
4312
 
4313
/* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4314
   a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable.  */
4315
 
4316
static bfd_boolean
4317
mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4318
                    asection *got, bfd_size_type pages)
4319
{
4320
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4321
  struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
4322
  struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
4323
  struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
4324
  unsigned int assign, needed_relocs;
4325
  bfd *dynobj;
4326
 
4327
  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4328
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4329
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4330
 
4331
  g = htab->got_info;
4332
  g->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash,
4333
                                mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq, NULL);
4334
  if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
4335
    return FALSE;
4336
 
4337
  got_per_bfd_arg.bfd2got = g->bfd2got;
4338
  got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd;
4339
  got_per_bfd_arg.info = info;
4340
 
4341
  /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
4342
     map from bfd to got info while at that.  */
4343
  htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, &got_per_bfd_arg);
4344
  if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
4345
    return FALSE;
4346
 
4347
  /* Also count how many page entries each input bfd requires.  */
4348
  htab_traverse (g->got_page_entries, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd,
4349
                 &got_per_bfd_arg);
4350
  if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
4351
    return FALSE;
4352
 
4353
  got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
4354
  got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
4355
  got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info)
4356
                                / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
4357
                               - htab->reserved_gotno);
4358
  got_per_bfd_arg.max_pages = pages;
4359
  /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4360
     See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
4361
     information.  */
4362
  got_per_bfd_arg.global_count = g->global_gotno;
4363
 
4364
  /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4365
     don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4366
     to be the primary GOT.  */
4367
  htab_traverse (g->bfd2got, mips_elf_merge_gots, &got_per_bfd_arg);
4368
  if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
4369
    return FALSE;
4370
 
4371
  /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one.  */
4372
  if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
4373
    {
4374
      g->next = (struct mips_got_info *)
4375
        bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
4376
      if (g->next == NULL)
4377
        return FALSE;
4378
 
4379
      g->next->global_gotsym = NULL;
4380
      g->next->global_gotno = 0;
4381
      g->next->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
4382
      g->next->local_gotno = 0;
4383
      g->next->page_gotno = 0;
4384
      g->next->tls_gotno = 0;
4385
      g->next->assigned_gotno = 0;
4386
      g->next->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
4387
      g->next->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
4388
      g->next->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
4389
                                              mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq,
4390
                                              NULL);
4391
      if (g->next->got_entries == NULL)
4392
        return FALSE;
4393
      g->next->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
4394
                                                   mips_got_page_entry_eq,
4395
                                                   NULL);
4396
      if (g->next->got_page_entries == NULL)
4397
        return FALSE;
4398
      g->next->bfd2got = NULL;
4399
    }
4400
  else
4401
    g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary;
4402
  g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current;
4403
 
4404
  /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT.  */
4405
  gg = g;
4406
  g = g->next;
4407
 
4408
  /* Map the output bfd to the primary got.  That's what we're going
4409
     to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4410
     didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4411
     We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4412
     list.  */
4413
  {
4414
    struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfdgot;
4415
    void **bfdgotp;
4416
 
4417
    bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
4418
      (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
4419
 
4420
    if (bfdgot == NULL)
4421
      return FALSE;
4422
 
4423
    bfdgot->bfd = abfd;
4424
    bfdgot->g = g;
4425
    bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (gg->bfd2got, bfdgot, INSERT);
4426
 
4427
    BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp == NULL);
4428
    *bfdgotp = bfdgot;
4429
  }
4430
 
4431
  /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4432
     present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4433
     those that are actually referenced.  */
4434
  gg->reloc_only_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
4435
  g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
4436
 
4437
  set_got_offset_arg.g = NULL;
4438
  set_got_offset_arg.value = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
4439
  htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
4440
                 &set_got_offset_arg);
4441
  set_got_offset_arg.value = GGA_NORMAL;
4442
  htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
4443
                 &set_got_offset_arg);
4444
 
4445
  /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4446
     [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4447
     entries in each GOT.  We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4448
     adding local_gotno to global_gotno.  We reverse the list and make
4449
     it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4450
     beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor.  To
4451
     avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4452
     assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4453
     we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4454
     global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4455
     offset of the primary GOT is zero.  Remember that the primary GOT
4456
     will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4457
     points back to the master GOT.  */
4458
  gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
4459
  gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
4460
  gg->tls_gotno = 0;
4461
  assign = 0;
4462
  gg->next = gg;
4463
 
4464
  do
4465
    {
4466
      struct mips_got_info *gn;
4467
 
4468
      assign += htab->reserved_gotno;
4469
      g->assigned_gotno = assign;
4470
      g->local_gotno += assign;
4471
      g->local_gotno += (pages < g->page_gotno ? pages : g->page_gotno);
4472
      assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4473
 
4474
      /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4475
         list that gg points to.  g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4476
         this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4477
      gn = g->next;
4478
      g->next = gg->next;
4479
      gg->next = g;
4480
 
4481
      /* Set up any TLS entries.  We always place the TLS entries after
4482
         all non-TLS entries.  */
4483
      g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
4484
      htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
4485
 
4486
      /* Move onto the next GOT.  It will be a secondary GOT if nonull.  */
4487
      g = gn;
4488
 
4489
      /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4490
         lazy-binding stubs.  */
4491
      if (g)
4492
        htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs, info);
4493
    }
4494
  while (g);
4495
 
4496
  got->size = (gg->next->local_gotno
4497
               + gg->next->global_gotno
4498
               + gg->next->tls_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4499
 
4500
  needed_relocs = 0;
4501
  set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4502
  set_got_offset_arg.info = info;
4503
  for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
4504
    {
4505
      unsigned int save_assign;
4506
 
4507
      /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries.  */
4508
      save_assign = g->assigned_gotno;
4509
      g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno;
4510
      set_got_offset_arg.g = g;
4511
      set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0;
4512
      htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
4513
                     mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
4514
                     &set_got_offset_arg);
4515
      needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs;
4516
      BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno <= g->global_gotno);
4517
 
4518
      g->assigned_gotno = save_assign;
4519
      if (info->shared)
4520
        {
4521
          needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno;
4522
          BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
4523
                      + g->next->global_gotno
4524
                      + g->next->tls_gotno
4525
                      + htab->reserved_gotno);
4526
        }
4527
    }
4528
 
4529
  if (needed_relocs)
4530
    mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info,
4531
                                           needed_relocs);
4532
 
4533
  return TRUE;
4534
}
4535
 
4536
 
4537
/* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4538
   RELOCATION.  RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table.  */
4539
 
4540
static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
4541
mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type,
4542
                          const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4543
                          const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
4544
{
4545
  unsigned long r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info);
4546
 
4547
  while (relocation < relend)
4548
    {
4549
      if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type
4550
          && ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_symndx)
4551
        return relocation;
4552
 
4553
      ++relocation;
4554
    }
4555
 
4556
  /* We didn't find it.  */
4557
  return NULL;
4558
}
4559
 
4560
/* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol.  */
4561
 
4562
static bfd_boolean
4563
mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd,
4564
                             const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4565
                             asection **local_sections,
4566
                             bfd_boolean check_forced)
4567
{
4568
  unsigned long r_symndx;
4569
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4570
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4571
  size_t extsymoff;
4572
 
4573
  r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
4574
  symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
4575
  extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
4576
 
4577
  if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
4578
    return TRUE;
4579
  if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
4580
    return TRUE;
4581
 
4582
  if (check_forced)
4583
    {
4584
      /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
4585
         was forced local.  */
4586
      h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
4587
        elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
4588
      /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol.  */
4589
      while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4590
             || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4591
        h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
4592
      if (h->root.forced_local)
4593
        return TRUE;
4594
    }
4595
 
4596
  return FALSE;
4597
}
4598
 
4599
/* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS.  */
4600
 
4601
bfd_vma
4602
_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits)
4603
{
4604
  if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
4605
    /* VALUE is negative.  */
4606
    value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
4607
 
4608
  return value;
4609
}
4610
 
4611
/* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
4612
   range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
4613
   BITS.  */
4614
 
4615
static bfd_boolean
4616
mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits)
4617
{
4618
  bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
4619
 
4620
  if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
4621
    /* The value is too big.  */
4622
    return TRUE;
4623
  else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
4624
    /* The value is too small.  */
4625
    return TRUE;
4626
 
4627
  /* All is well.  */
4628
  return FALSE;
4629
}
4630
 
4631
/* Calculate the %high function.  */
4632
 
4633
static bfd_vma
4634
mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value)
4635
{
4636
  return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
4637
}
4638
 
4639
/* Calculate the %higher function.  */
4640
 
4641
static bfd_vma
4642
mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4643
{
4644
#ifdef BFD64
4645
  return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
4646
#else
4647
  abort ();
4648
  return MINUS_ONE;
4649
#endif
4650
}
4651
 
4652
/* Calculate the %highest function.  */
4653
 
4654
static bfd_vma
4655
mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4656
{
4657
#ifdef BFD64
4658
  return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
4659
#else
4660
  abort ();
4661
  return MINUS_ONE;
4662
#endif
4663
}
4664
 
4665
/* Create the .compact_rel section.  */
4666
 
4667
static bfd_boolean
4668
mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
4669
  (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4670
{
4671
  flagword flags;
4672
  register asection *s;
4673
 
4674
  if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
4675
    {
4676
      flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4677
               | SEC_READONLY);
4678
 
4679
      s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".compact_rel", flags);
4680
      if (s == NULL
4681
          || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
4682
                                          MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
4683
        return FALSE;
4684
 
4685
      s->size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
4686
    }
4687
 
4688
  return TRUE;
4689
}
4690
 
4691
/* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table.  */
4692
 
4693
static bfd_boolean
4694
mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4695
{
4696
  flagword flags;
4697
  register asection *s;
4698
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4699
  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
4700
  struct mips_got_info *g;
4701
  bfd_size_type amt;
4702
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4703
 
4704
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4705
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4706
 
4707
  /* This function may be called more than once.  */
4708
  if (htab->sgot)
4709
    return TRUE;
4710
 
4711
  flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
4712
           | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4713
 
4714
  /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
4715
     in the function stub generation and in the linker script.  */
4716
  s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags);
4717
  if (s == NULL
4718
      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
4719
    return FALSE;
4720
  htab->sgot = s;
4721
 
4722
  /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  We don't do this in the
4723
     linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
4724
     are not creating a global offset table.  */
4725
  bh = NULL;
4726
  if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4727
         (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
4728
          0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4729
    return FALSE;
4730
 
4731
  h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4732
  h->non_elf = 0;
4733
  h->def_regular = 1;
4734
  h->type = STT_OBJECT;
4735
  elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h;
4736
 
4737
  if (info->shared
4738
      && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4739
    return FALSE;
4740
 
4741
  amt = sizeof (struct mips_got_info);
4742
  g = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
4743
  if (g == NULL)
4744
    return FALSE;
4745
  g->global_gotsym = NULL;
4746
  g->global_gotno = 0;
4747
  g->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
4748
  g->tls_gotno = 0;
4749
  g->local_gotno = 0;
4750
  g->page_gotno = 0;
4751
  g->assigned_gotno = 0;
4752
  g->bfd2got = NULL;
4753
  g->next = NULL;
4754
  g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
4755
  g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
4756
                                    mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
4757
  if (g->got_entries == NULL)
4758
    return FALSE;
4759
  g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
4760
                                         mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
4761
  if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
4762
    return FALSE;
4763
  htab->got_info = g;
4764
  mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
4765
    |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4766
 
4767
  /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs.  */
4768
  s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt",
4769
                                   SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4770
                                   | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4771
  if (s == NULL)
4772
    return FALSE;
4773
  htab->sgotplt = s;
4774
 
4775
  return TRUE;
4776
}
4777
 
4778
/* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
4779
   __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols.  These symbols are only special for
4780
   shared objects; they are not used in executables.  */
4781
 
4782
static bfd_boolean
4783
is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4784
{
4785
  return (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->is_vxworks
4786
          && info->shared
4787
          && (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
4788
              || strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
4789
}
4790
 
4791
/* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
4792
   require an la25 stub.  See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
4793
   which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
4794
   stub.  */
4795
 
4796
static bfd_boolean
4797
mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd *input_bfd, int r_type)
4798
{
4799
  /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
4800
     where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
4801
     necessary initialization of $25.  Sometimes such initialization
4802
     is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
4803
     the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly.  */
4804
  if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd))
4805
    return FALSE;
4806
 
4807
  switch (r_type)
4808
    {
4809
    case R_MIPS_26:
4810
    case R_MIPS_PC16:
4811
    case R_MIPS16_26:
4812
      return TRUE;
4813
 
4814
    default:
4815
      return FALSE;
4816
    }
4817
}
4818
 
4819
/* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
4820
   the INPUT_BFD).  The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
4821
   RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
4822
 
4823
   The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
4824
   On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
4825
   is a MIPS16 jump to non-MIPS16 code, or vice versa.
4826
 
4827
   This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
4828
   further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
4829
   something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
4830
   overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success.  */
4831
 
4832
static bfd_reloc_status_type
4833
mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd,
4834
                               asection *input_section,
4835
                               struct bfd_link_info *info,
4836
                               const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4837
                               bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto,
4838
                               Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
4839
                               asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep,
4840
                               const char **namep,
4841
                               bfd_boolean *cross_mode_jump_p,
4842
                               bfd_boolean save_addend)
4843
{
4844
  /* The eventual value we will return.  */
4845
  bfd_vma value;
4846
  /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
4847
     occurring.  */
4848
  bfd_vma symbol = 0;
4849
  /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
4850
     shared object file being produced.  */
4851
  bfd_vma gp;
4852
  /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
4853
     relocated.  */
4854
  bfd_vma p;
4855
  /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object.  */
4856
  bfd_vma gp0;
4857
  /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
4858
     the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
4859
     during execution.  */
4860
  bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
4861
  /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
4862
     located.  */
4863
  asection *sec = NULL;
4864
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
4865
  /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
4866
     symbol.  */
4867
  bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
4868
  /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp".  */
4869
  bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
4870
  /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
4871
     "__gnu_local_gp".  */
4872
  bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p = FALSE;
4873
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4874
  size_t extsymoff;
4875
  unsigned long r_symndx;
4876
  int r_type;
4877
  /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
4878
     relocation value.  */
4879
  bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
4880
  /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function.  */
4881
  bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
4882
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4883
  bfd *dynobj;
4884
 
4885
  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4886
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4887
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4888
 
4889
  /* Parse the relocation.  */
4890
  r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
4891
  r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
4892
  p = (input_section->output_section->vma
4893
       + input_section->output_offset
4894
       + relocation->r_offset);
4895
 
4896
  /* Assume that there will be no overflow.  */
4897
  overflowed_p = FALSE;
4898
 
4899
  /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
4900
     used in the array of hash table entries.  */
4901
  symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
4902
  local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
4903
                                         local_sections, FALSE);
4904
  was_local_p = local_p;
4905
  if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
4906
    extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
4907
  else
4908
    {
4909
      /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
4910
         must come before globals.  */
4911
      extsymoff = 0;
4912
    }
4913
 
4914
  /* Figure out the value of the symbol.  */
4915
  if (local_p)
4916
    {
4917
      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4918
 
4919
      sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
4920
      sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
4921
 
4922
      symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
4923
      if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION
4924
          || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
4925
        symbol += sym->st_value;
4926
      if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
4927
          && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4928
        {
4929
          addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
4930
          addend -= symbol;
4931
          addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
4932
        }
4933
 
4934
      /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd.  */
4935
      if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
4936
        ++symbol;
4937
 
4938
      /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller.  */
4939
      *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
4940
                                                symtab_hdr->sh_link,
4941
                                                sym->st_name);
4942
      if (*namep == '\0')
4943
        *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
4944
 
4945
      target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other);
4946
    }
4947
  else
4948
    {
4949
      /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ?  */
4950
 
4951
      /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table.  */
4952
      h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
4953
           elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
4954
      /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol.  */
4955
      while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4956
             || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4957
        h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
4958
 
4959
      /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller.  */
4960
      *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
4961
 
4962
      /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol.  Note that such a
4963
         symbol must always be a global symbol.  */
4964
      if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0
4965
          && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
4966
        {
4967
          /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
4968
             R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations.  */
4969
          if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type))
4970
            return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
4971
 
4972
          gp_disp_p = TRUE;
4973
        }
4974
      /* See if this is the special _gp symbol.  Note that such a
4975
         symbol must always be a global symbol.  */
4976
      else if (strcmp (*namep, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
4977
        gnu_local_gp_p = TRUE;
4978
 
4979
 
4980
      /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address.  Note that
4981
         _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
4982
         linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
4983
         its defined.  */
4984
      else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4985
                || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4986
               && h->root.root.u.def.section)
4987
        {
4988
          sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
4989
          if (sec->output_section)
4990
            symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
4991
                      + sec->output_section->vma
4992
                      + sec->output_offset);
4993
          else
4994
            symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
4995
        }
4996
      else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4997
        /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
4998
           it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
4999
           and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5000
           addresses.  */
5001
        symbol = 0;
5002
      else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
5003
               && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5004
        symbol = 0;
5005
      else if (strcmp (*namep, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd)
5006
                       ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5007
        {
5008
          /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5009
             _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5010
             in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5011
             Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5012
             FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5013
             somehow as well.  */
5014
          BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared);
5015
          BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
5016
          symbol = 0;
5017
        }
5018
      else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->root.other))
5019
        {
5020
          /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5021
             ELF spec.  Ignore it for now.
5022
             XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5023
             than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5024
             For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5025
             which is available from here:
5026
             http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf  */
5027
          symbol = 0;
5028
        }
5029
      else if ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
5030
               (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
5031
                input_section, relocation->r_offset,
5032
                (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
5033
                 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other)))
5034
        {
5035
          return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5036
        }
5037
      else
5038
        {
5039
          return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5040
        }
5041
 
5042
      target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other);
5043
    }
5044
 
5045
  /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5046
     to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5047
 
5048
     (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5049
 
5050
     (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5051
         non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5052
 
5053
     (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions.  */
5054
  if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26
5055
      && !info->relocatable
5056
      && ((h != NULL
5057
           && h->fn_stub != NULL
5058
           && (r_type != R_MIPS16_CALL16 || h->need_fn_stub))
5059
          || (local_p
5060
              && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
5061
              && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5062
      && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section))
5063
    {
5064
      /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function.  We should
5065
         have already noticed that we were going to need the
5066
         stub.  */
5067
      if (local_p)
5068
        sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
5069
      else
5070
        {
5071
          BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
5072
          sec = h->fn_stub;
5073
        }
5074
 
5075
      symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5076
      /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't.  */
5077
      target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5078
    }
5079
  /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
5080
     need to redirect the call to the stub.  Note that we specifically
5081
     exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior; indirect calls should
5082
     use an indirect stub instead.  */
5083
  else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
5084
           && ((h != NULL && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL))
5085
               || (local_p
5086
                   && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs != NULL
5087
                   && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5088
           && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5089
    {
5090
      if (local_p)
5091
        sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx];
5092
      else
5093
        {
5094
          /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5095
             out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5096
             file.  */
5097
          if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
5098
            {
5099
              asection *o;
5100
 
5101
              sec = NULL;
5102
              for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
5103
                {
5104
                  if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o)))
5105
                    {
5106
                      sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5107
                      break;
5108
                    }
5109
                }
5110
              if (sec == NULL)
5111
                sec = h->call_stub;
5112
            }
5113
          else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
5114
            sec = h->call_stub;
5115
          else
5116
            sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5117
        }
5118
 
5119
      BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0);
5120
      symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5121
    }
5122
  /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5123
     non-PIC stub.  */
5124
  else if (h != NULL && h->la25_stub
5125
           && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd, r_type))
5126
    symbol = (h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_section->vma
5127
              + h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_offset
5128
              + h->la25_stub->offset);
5129
 
5130
  /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5131
     mode change.  */
5132
  *cross_mode_jump_p = !info->relocatable
5133
                       && ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5134
                           || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26 || r_type == R_MIPS_JALR)
5135
                               && target_is_16_bit_code_p));
5136
 
5137
  local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
5138
                                         local_sections, TRUE);
5139
 
5140
  gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
5141
  gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
5142
  if (htab->got_info)
5143
    gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
5144
 
5145
  if (gnu_local_gp_p)
5146
    symbol = gp;
5147
 
5148
  /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, oand we're going
5149
     to need it, get it now.  */
5150
  switch (r_type)
5151
    {
5152
    case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5153
    case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
5154
      /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
5155
         bind locally.  */
5156
      local_p = local_p || _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h->root, info, 1);
5157
      if (local_p || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST)
5158
        break;
5159
      /* Fall through.  */
5160
 
5161
    case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5162
    case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5163
    case R_MIPS_CALL16:
5164
    case R_MIPS_GOT16:
5165
    case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5166
    case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5167
    case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5168
    case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5169
    case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5170
    case R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
5171
    case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5172
    case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5173
      /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located.  */
5174
      if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
5175
        {
5176
          g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5177
                                        0, 0, NULL, r_type);
5178
          if (g == MINUS_ONE)
5179
            return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5180
        }
5181
      else if (!local_p)
5182
        {
5183
          /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5184
             entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub.  */
5185
          if (htab->is_vxworks
5186
              && (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
5187
                  || r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
5188
                  || call16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5189
            {
5190
              BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5191
              BFD_ASSERT (h->root.needs_plt);
5192
              g = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, &h->root);
5193
            }
5194
          else
5195
            {
5196
              /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
5197
                 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
5198
                 symbol turns out to be global.  The addend is then added
5199
                 as GOT_OFST.  */
5200
              BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
5201
              g = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, input_bfd,
5202
                                             &h->root, r_type, info);
5203
              if (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL
5204
                  && (! elf_hash_table(info)->dynamic_sections_created
5205
                      || (info->shared
5206
                          && (info->symbolic || h->root.forced_local)
5207
                          && h->root.def_regular)))
5208
                /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link.  The
5209
                   symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
5210
                   We must initialize this entry in the GOT.  */
5211
                MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, htab->sgot->contents + g);
5212
            }
5213
        }
5214
      else if (!htab->is_vxworks
5215
               && (call16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5216
        /* The calculation below does not involve "g".  */
5217
        break;
5218
      else
5219
        {
5220
          g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5221
                                        symbol + addend, r_symndx, h, r_type);
5222
          if (g == MINUS_ONE)
5223
            return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5224
        }
5225
 
5226
      /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets.  */
5227
      g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, g);
5228
      break;
5229
    }
5230
 
5231
  /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5232
     symbols are resolved by the loader.  Add them to .rela.dyn.  */
5233
  if (h != NULL && is_gott_symbol (info, &h->root))
5234
    {
5235
      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5236
      bfd_byte *loc;
5237
      asection *s;
5238
 
5239
      s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
5240
      loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5241
 
5242
      outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5243
                         + input_section->output_offset
5244
                         + relocation->r_offset);
5245
      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->root.dynindx, r_type);
5246
      outrel.r_addend = addend;
5247
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc);
5248
 
5249
      /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5250
         we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5251
         DT_TEXTREL tag.  */
5252
      if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
5253
        info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5254
 
5255
      *valuep = 0;
5256
      return bfd_reloc_ok;
5257
    }
5258
 
5259
  /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed.  */
5260
  switch (r_type)
5261
    {
5262
    case R_MIPS_NONE:
5263
      return bfd_reloc_continue;
5264
 
5265
    case R_MIPS_16:
5266
      value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5267
      overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5268
      break;
5269
 
5270
    case R_MIPS_32:
5271
    case R_MIPS_REL32:
5272
    case R_MIPS_64:
5273
      if ((info->shared
5274
           || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
5275
               && h != NULL
5276
               && h->root.def_dynamic
5277
               && !h->root.def_regular
5278
               && !h->has_static_relocs))
5279
          && r_symndx != 0
5280
          && (h == NULL
5281
              || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5282
              || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5283
          && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5284
        {
5285
          /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5286
             where the symbol will end up.  So, we create a relocation
5287
             record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5288
             linker.  We must do the same for executable references to
5289
             shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5290
             relocs or PLTs instead.  */
5291
          value = addend;
5292
          if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
5293
                                                   info,
5294
                                                   relocation,
5295
                                                   h,
5296
                                                   sec,
5297
                                                   symbol,
5298
                                                   &value,
5299
                                                   input_section))
5300
            return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5301
        }
5302
      else
5303
        {
5304
          if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
5305
            value = symbol + addend;
5306
          else
5307
            value = addend;
5308
        }
5309
      value &= howto->dst_mask;
5310
      break;
5311
 
5312
    case R_MIPS_PC32:
5313
      value = symbol + addend - p;
5314
      value &= howto->dst_mask;
5315
      break;
5316
 
5317
    case R_MIPS16_26:
5318
      /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5319
         R_MIPS_26.  It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5320
         the output file that's different.  That's handled in
5321
         mips_elf_perform_relocation.  So, we just fall through to the
5322
         R_MIPS_26 case here.  */
5323
    case R_MIPS_26:
5324
      if (local_p)
5325
        value = ((addend | ((p + 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol) >> 2;
5326
      else
5327
        {
5328
          value = (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 28) + symbol) >> 2;
5329
          if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5330
            overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> 28);
5331
        }
5332
      value &= howto->dst_mask;
5333
      break;
5334
 
5335
    case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5336
      value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - dtprel_base (info))
5337
               & howto->dst_mask);
5338
      break;
5339
 
5340
    case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5341
    case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32:
5342
    case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64:
5343
      value = (symbol + addend - dtprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5344
      break;
5345
 
5346
    case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5347
      value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - tprel_base (info))
5348
               & howto->dst_mask);
5349
      break;
5350
 
5351
    case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5352
      value = (symbol + addend - tprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5353
      break;
5354
 
5355
    case R_MIPS_HI16:
5356
    case R_MIPS16_HI16:
5357
      if (!gp_disp_p)
5358
        {
5359
          value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
5360
          value &= howto->dst_mask;
5361
        }
5362
      else
5363
        {
5364
          /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5365
                0: li      $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5366
                4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5367
                8: sll     $v0,16
5368
               12: addu    $v0,$v1
5369
               14: move    $gp,$v0
5370
             So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5371
             $pc is four higher than $t9 would be, so reduce
5372
             both reloc addends by 4. */
5373
          if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
5374
            value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 4);
5375
          else
5376
            value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
5377
          overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5378
        }
5379
      break;
5380
 
5381
    case R_MIPS_LO16:
5382
    case R_MIPS16_LO16:
5383
      if (!gp_disp_p)
5384
        value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
5385
      else
5386
        {
5387
          /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5388
             for this conditional.  */
5389
          if (r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16)
5390
            value = addend + gp - p;
5391
          else
5392
            value = addend + gp - p + 4;
5393
          /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5394
             for overflow.  But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5395
             _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5396
             pseudo-op.  It generates code that normally looks like
5397
             this:
5398
 
5399
               lui    $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5400
               addiu  $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5401
               addu   $gp,$gp,$t9
5402
 
5403
             Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5404
             as required by the MIPS ELF ABI.  The R_MIPS_LO16
5405
             relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5406
             R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5407
             Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5408
             not check for overflow here.  */
5409
        }
5410
      break;
5411
 
5412
    case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
5413
      /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5414
         just like R_MIPS_GPREL16.  In the long run, we should merge
5415
         shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5416
         here.  */
5417
 
5418
      /* Fall through.  */
5419
 
5420
    case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
5421
      /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5422
         R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5423
         order.  We don't need to do anything special here; the
5424
         differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation.  */
5425
    case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
5426
      /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5427
         instruction.  If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5428
         otherwise we may lose significant bits.  */
5429
      if (howto->partial_inplace)
5430
        addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5431
      value = symbol + addend - gp;
5432
      /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5433
         have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5434
         for that now.  Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5435
         link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5436
         to them before.  */
5437
      if (was_local_p)
5438
        value += gp0;
5439
      overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5440
      break;
5441
 
5442
    case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5443
    case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5444
    case R_MIPS_GOT16:
5445
    case R_MIPS_CALL16:
5446
      /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5447
         R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G".  */
5448
      if (!htab->is_vxworks && local_p)
5449
        {
5450
          bfd_boolean forced;
5451
 
5452
          forced = ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
5453
                                                  local_sections, FALSE);
5454
          value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5455
                                        symbol + addend, forced);
5456
          if (value == MINUS_ONE)
5457
            return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5458
          value
5459
            = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
5460
          overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5461
          break;
5462
        }
5463
 
5464
      /* Fall through.  */
5465
 
5466
    case R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
5467
    case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5468
    case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5469
    case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5470
    got_disp:
5471
      value = g;
5472
      overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5473
      break;
5474
 
5475
    case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
5476
      value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
5477
      if (!save_addend)
5478
        value &= howto->dst_mask;
5479
      break;
5480
 
5481
    case R_MIPS_PC16:
5482
    case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
5483
      value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18) - p;
5484
      overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
5485
      value >>= howto->rightshift;
5486
      value &= howto->dst_mask;
5487
      break;
5488
 
5489
    case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5490
    case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5491
      /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
5492
         The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
5493
         differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub.  */
5494
      value = g;
5495
      value = mips_elf_high (value);
5496
      value &= howto->dst_mask;
5497
      break;
5498
 
5499
    case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5500
    case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5501
      value = g & howto->dst_mask;
5502
      break;
5503
 
5504
    case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5505
      /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
5506
         to GOT_DISP.  The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
5507
         0.  */
5508
      if (! local_p)
5509
        goto got_disp;
5510
      value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
5511
      if (value == MINUS_ONE)
5512
        return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5513
      value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
5514
      overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5515
      break;
5516
 
5517
    case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
5518
      if (local_p)
5519
        mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
5520
      else
5521
        value = addend;
5522
      overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5523
      break;
5524
 
5525
    case R_MIPS_SUB:
5526
      value = symbol - addend;
5527
      value &= howto->dst_mask;
5528
      break;
5529
 
5530
    case R_MIPS_HIGHER:
5531
      value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
5532
      value &= howto->dst_mask;
5533
      break;
5534
 
5535
    case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
5536
      value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
5537
      value &= howto->dst_mask;
5538
      break;
5539
 
5540
    case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
5541
      value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
5542
      value &= howto->dst_mask;
5543
      break;
5544
 
5545
    case R_MIPS_JALR:
5546
      /* This relocation is only a hint.  In some cases, we optimize
5547
         it into a bal instruction.  But we don't try to optimize
5548
         when the symbol does not resolve locally.  */
5549
      if (h != NULL && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
5550
        return bfd_reloc_continue;
5551
      value = symbol + addend;
5552
      break;
5553
 
5554
    case R_MIPS_PJUMP:
5555
    case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5556
    case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
5557
      /* We don't do anything with these at present.  */
5558
      return bfd_reloc_continue;
5559
 
5560
    default:
5561
      /* An unrecognized relocation type.  */
5562
      return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5563
    }
5564
 
5565
  /* Store the VALUE for our caller.  */
5566
  *valuep = value;
5567
  return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
5568
}
5569
 
5570
/* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION.  */
5571
 
5572
static bfd_vma
5573
mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto,
5574
                          const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5575
                          bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents)
5576
{
5577
  bfd_vma x;
5578
  bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
5579
 
5580
  /* Obtain the bytes.  */
5581
  x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location);
5582
 
5583
  return x;
5584
}
5585
 
5586
/* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
5587
   VALUE.  Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
5588
   appropriate position.  The SECTION is the section to which the
5589
   relocation applies.
5590
   CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
5591
   is a MIPS16 jump to non-MIPS16 code, or vice versa.
5592
 
5593
   Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong.  */
5594
 
5595
static bfd_boolean
5596
mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5597
                             reloc_howto_type *howto,
5598
                             const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5599
                             bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd,
5600
                             asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
5601
                             bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p)
5602
{
5603
  bfd_vma x;
5604
  bfd_byte *location;
5605
  int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5606
 
5607
  /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring.  */
5608
  location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
5609
 
5610
  _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
5611
 
5612
  /* Obtain the current value.  */
5613
  x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
5614
 
5615
  /* Clear the field we are setting.  */
5616
  x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
5617
 
5618
  /* Set the field.  */
5619
  x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
5620
 
5621
  /* If required, turn JAL into JALX.  */
5622
  if (cross_mode_jump_p && jal_reloc_p (r_type))
5623
    {
5624
      bfd_boolean ok;
5625
      bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
5626
      bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
5627
 
5628
      /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX.  */
5629
      if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
5630
        {
5631
          ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
5632
          jalx_opcode = 0x7;
5633
        }
5634
      else
5635
        {
5636
          ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
5637
          jalx_opcode = 0x1d;
5638
        }
5639
 
5640
      /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem.  */
5641
      if (!ok)
5642
        {
5643
          (*_bfd_error_handler)
5644
            (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
5645
             input_bfd,
5646
             input_section,
5647
             (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
5648
          bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5649
          return FALSE;
5650
        }
5651
 
5652
      /* Make this the JALX opcode.  */
5653
      x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
5654
    }
5655
 
5656
  /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
5657
     range.  */
5658
  if (!info->relocatable
5659
      && !cross_mode_jump_p
5660
      && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
5661
           && r_type == R_MIPS_26
5662
           && (x >> 26) == 0x3)         /* jal addr */
5663
          || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
5664
              && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
5665
              && x == 0x0320f809)       /* jalr t9 */
5666
          || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd)
5667
              && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
5668
              && x == 0x03200008)))     /* jr t9 */
5669
    {
5670
      bfd_vma addr;
5671
      bfd_vma dest;
5672
      bfd_signed_vma off;
5673
 
5674
      addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
5675
              + input_section->output_offset
5676
              + relocation->r_offset
5677
              + 4);
5678
      if (r_type == R_MIPS_26)
5679
        dest = (value << 2) | ((addr >> 28) << 28);
5680
      else
5681
        dest = value;
5682
      off = dest - addr;
5683
      if (off <= 0x1ffff && off >= -0x20000)
5684
        {
5685
          if (x == 0x03200008)  /* jr t9 */
5686
            x = 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff);   /* b addr */
5687
          else
5688
            x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff);   /* bal addr */
5689
        }
5690
    }
5691
 
5692
  /* Put the value into the output.  */
5693
  bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location);
5694
 
5695
  _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd, r_type, !info->relocatable,
5696
                                location);
5697
 
5698
  return TRUE;
5699
}
5700
 
5701
/* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve.  REL
5702
   is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
5703
   dynamic relocation.  The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
5704
   caller should store the result in place of the original addend.  */
5705
 
5706
static bfd_boolean
5707
mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
5708
                                    struct bfd_link_info *info,
5709
                                    const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
5710
                                    struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5711
                                    asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol,
5712
                                    bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section)
5713
{
5714
  Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3];
5715
  asection *sreloc;
5716
  bfd *dynobj;
5717
  int r_type;
5718
  long indx;
5719
  bfd_boolean defined_p;
5720
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5721
 
5722
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
5723
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
5724
 
5725
  r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
5726
  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5727
  sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
5728
  BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
5729
  BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
5730
  BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
5731
              < sreloc->size);
5732
 
5733
  outrel[0].r_offset =
5734
    _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
5735
  if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
5736
    {
5737
      outrel[1].r_offset =
5738
        _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
5739
      outrel[2].r_offset =
5740
        _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
5741
    }
5742
 
5743
  if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_ONE)
5744
    /* The relocation field has been deleted.  */
5745
    return TRUE;
5746
 
5747
  if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_TWO)
5748
    {
5749
      /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
5750
         some sort.  Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
5751
         the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value.  */
5752
      *addendp += symbol;
5753
      return TRUE;
5754
    }
5755
 
5756
  /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
5757
     in the relocation.  */
5758
  if (h != NULL
5759
      && (!h->root.def_regular
5760
          || (info->shared && !info->symbolic && !h->root.forced_local)))
5761
    {
5762
      indx = h->root.dynindx;
5763
      if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
5764
        defined_p = h->root.def_regular;
5765
      else
5766
        /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
5767
           relocation field.  It therefore treats relocs against
5768
           defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
5769
           undefined symbols.  */
5770
        defined_p = FALSE;
5771
    }
5772
  else
5773
    {
5774
      if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
5775
        indx = 0;
5776
      else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
5777
        {
5778
          bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5779
          return FALSE;
5780
        }
5781
      else
5782
        {
5783
          indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
5784
          if (indx == 0)
5785
            {
5786
              asection *osec = htab->root.text_index_section;
5787
              indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
5788
            }
5789
          if (indx == 0)
5790
            abort ();
5791
        }
5792
 
5793
      /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
5794
         symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
5795
         relocation.  We want to avoid generating relocations to
5796
         local symbols because we used to generate them
5797
         incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
5798
         which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols.  In
5799
         order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
5800
         phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
5801
         section-relative relocations.  It's not like they're
5802
         useful, after all.  This should be a bit more efficient
5803
         as well.  */
5804
      /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
5805
         the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
5806
         a symbol value of 0.  Irix rld honors this, so relocations
5807
         against STN_UNDEF have no effect.  */
5808
      if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
5809
        indx = 0;
5810
      defined_p = TRUE;
5811
    }
5812
 
5813
  /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
5814
     this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
5815
     adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
5816
     Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker.  */
5817
  if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
5818
    *addendp += symbol;
5819
 
5820
  if (htab->is_vxworks)
5821
    /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this.  */
5822
    outrel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_MIPS_32);
5823
  else
5824
    /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
5825
       know where the shared library will wind up at load-time.  */
5826
    outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
5827
                                   R_MIPS_REL32);
5828
 
5829
  /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
5830
     generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
5831
     _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
5832
     a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
5833
     However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
5834
     loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
5835
     artificial relocations.  If this turns out to not be true,
5836
     mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
5837
     as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
5838
     invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
5839
     additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
5840
     NULL symbol before this relocation record.  */
5841
  outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0,
5842
                                 ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
5843
                                 ? R_MIPS_64
5844
                                 : R_MIPS_NONE);
5845
  outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE);
5846
 
5847
  /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
5848
     correct location in the output file.  */
5849
  outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
5850
                         + input_section->output_offset);
5851
  outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
5852
                         + input_section->output_offset);
5853
  outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
5854
                         + input_section->output_offset);
5855
 
5856
  /* Put the relocation back out.  We have to use the special
5857
     relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
5858
     relocation format is non-standard.  */
5859
  if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
5860
    {
5861
      (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
5862
        (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
5863
         (sreloc->contents
5864
          + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
5865
    }
5866
  else if (htab->is_vxworks)
5867
    {
5868
      /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations.  */
5869
      outrel[0].r_addend = *addendp;
5870
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
5871
        (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
5872
         (sreloc->contents
5873
          + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
5874
    }
5875
  else
5876
    bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
5877
      (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
5878
       (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
5879
 
5880
  /* We've now added another relocation.  */
5881
  ++sreloc->reloc_count;
5882
 
5883
  /* Make sure the output section is writable.  The dynamic linker
5884
     will be writing to it.  */
5885
  elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
5886
    |= SHF_WRITE;
5887
 
5888
  /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info.  */
5889
  if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
5890
    {
5891
      asection *scpt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
5892
      bfd_byte *cr;
5893
 
5894
      if (scpt)
5895
        {
5896
          Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
5897
 
5898
          mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
5899
          cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
5900
                          + input_section->output_section->vma
5901
                          + input_section->output_offset);
5902
          if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
5903
            mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
5904
          else
5905
            mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
5906
          mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
5907
          cptrel.konst = *addendp;
5908
 
5909
          cr = (scpt->contents
5910
                + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
5911
          mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel, 0);
5912
          bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
5913
                                     ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
5914
                                      + scpt->reloc_count));
5915
          ++scpt->reloc_count;
5916
        }
5917
    }
5918
 
5919
  /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5920
     we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5921
     DT_TEXTREL tag.  */
5922
  if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
5923
    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5924
 
5925
  return TRUE;
5926
}
5927
 
5928
/* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value.  */
5929
 
5930
unsigned long
5931
_bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags)
5932
{
5933
  switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
5934
    {
5935
    case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
5936
      return bfd_mach_mips3900;
5937
 
5938
    case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
5939
      return bfd_mach_mips4010;
5940
 
5941
    case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
5942
      return bfd_mach_mips4100;
5943
 
5944
    case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
5945
      return bfd_mach_mips4111;
5946
 
5947
    case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
5948
      return bfd_mach_mips4120;
5949
 
5950
    case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
5951
      return bfd_mach_mips4650;
5952
 
5953
    case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
5954
      return bfd_mach_mips5400;
5955
 
5956
    case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
5957
      return bfd_mach_mips5500;
5958
 
5959
    case E_MIPS_MACH_9000:
5960
      return bfd_mach_mips9000;
5961
 
5962
    case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
5963
      return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
5964
 
5965
    case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E:
5966
      return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e;
5967
 
5968
    case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F:
5969
      return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f;
5970
 
5971
    case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON:
5972
      return bfd_mach_mips_octeon;
5973
 
5974
    case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR:
5975
      return bfd_mach_mips_xlr;
5976
 
5977
    default:
5978
      switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
5979
        {
5980
        default:
5981
        case E_MIPS_ARCH_1:
5982
          return bfd_mach_mips3000;
5983
 
5984
        case E_MIPS_ARCH_2:
5985
          return bfd_mach_mips6000;
5986
 
5987
        case E_MIPS_ARCH_3:
5988
          return bfd_mach_mips4000;
5989
 
5990
        case E_MIPS_ARCH_4:
5991
          return bfd_mach_mips8000;
5992
 
5993
        case E_MIPS_ARCH_5:
5994
          return bfd_mach_mips5;
5995
 
5996
        case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
5997
          return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
5998
 
5999
        case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
6000
          return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
6001
 
6002
        case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
6003
          return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
6004
 
6005
        case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
6006
          return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2;
6007
        }
6008
    }
6009
 
6010
  return 0;
6011
}
6012
 
6013
/* Return printable name for ABI.  */
6014
 
6015
static INLINE char *
6016
elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd)
6017
{
6018
  flagword flags;
6019
 
6020
  flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
6021
  switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
6022
    {
6023
    case 0:
6024
      if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
6025
        return "N32";
6026
      else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
6027
        return "64";
6028
      else
6029
        return "none";
6030
    case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
6031
      return "O32";
6032
    case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
6033
      return "O64";
6034
    case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
6035
      return "EABI32";
6036
    case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
6037
      return "EABI64";
6038
    default:
6039
      return "unknown abi";
6040
    }
6041
}
6042
 
6043
/* MIPS ELF uses two common sections.  One is the usual one, and the
6044
   other is for small objects.  All the small objects are kept
6045
   together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6046
   faster assembler code.  This is what we use for the small common
6047
   section.  This approach is copied from ecoff.c.  */
6048
static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
6049
static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6050
static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6051
 
6052
/* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6053
   allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6054
   definition in a shared library.  */
6055
static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
6056
static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6057
static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6058
 
6059
/* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.  */
6060
 
6061
void
6062
_bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
6063
{
6064
  elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
6065
 
6066
  /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.  */
6067
  elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
6068
  switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
6069
    {
6070
    case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
6071
      /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6072
         It is an allocated common section.  The dynamic linker can
6073
         either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6074
         library, or it can just leave them here.  For our purposes,
6075
         we can consider these symbols to be in a new section.  */
6076
      if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
6077
        {
6078
          /* Initialize the acommon section.  */
6079
          mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
6080
          mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
6081
          mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6082
          mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6083
          mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6084
          mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
6085
          mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6086
          mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6087
          mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6088
        }
6089
      asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6090
      break;
6091
 
6092
    case SHN_COMMON:
6093
      /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6094
         treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5.  */
6095
      if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
6096
          || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_TLS
6097
          || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
6098
        break;
6099
      /* Fall through.  */
6100
    case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
6101
      if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
6102
        {
6103
          /* Initialize the small common section.  */
6104
          mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
6105
          mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
6106
          mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6107
          mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6108
          mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6109
          mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
6110
          mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6111
          mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6112
          mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6113
        }
6114
      asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6115
      asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
6116
      break;
6117
 
6118
    case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
6119
      asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6120
      break;
6121
 
6122
    case SHN_MIPS_TEXT:
6123
      {
6124
        asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".text");
6125
 
6126
        BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd));
6127
        if (section != NULL)
6128
          {
6129
            asym->section = section;
6130
            /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6131
               to the base of the .text section.  So substract the section
6132
               base address to make it an offset.  */
6133
            asym->value -= section->vma;
6134
          }
6135
      }
6136
      break;
6137
 
6138
    case SHN_MIPS_DATA:
6139
      {
6140
        asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data");
6141
 
6142
        BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd));
6143
        if (section != NULL)
6144
          {
6145
            asym->section = section;
6146
            /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6147
               to the base of the .data section.  So substract the section
6148
               base address to make it an offset.  */
6149
            asym->value -= section->vma;
6150
          }
6151
      }
6152
      break;
6153
    }
6154
 
6155
  /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16 one.  */
6156
  if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_FUNC
6157
      && (asym->value & 1) != 0)
6158
    {
6159
      asym->value--;
6160
      elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6161
        = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
6162
    }
6163
}
6164
 
6165
/* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size.  This differs from
6166
   the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6167
 
6168
   EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6169
   -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target.  However, gcc has
6170
   historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6171
   and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6172
   Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6173
 
6174
   If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6175
   an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6176
   in bits.  Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6177
   have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6178
 
6179
   We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6180
   existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6181
   to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6182
   We therefore take the following approach:
6183
 
6184
      - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6185
        determine the pointer size.
6186
 
6187
      - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation.  Assume that
6188
        the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6189
 
6190
      - Otherwise punt.
6191
 
6192
   The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6193
   compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6194
   the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6195
   routine or an FDE start address.  Furthermore, the compilers never
6196
   used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6197
 
6198
   Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6199
   reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object.  Pre-4.0 compilers never
6200
   did so.  */
6201
 
6202
unsigned int
6203
_bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
6204
{
6205
  if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
6206
    return 8;
6207
  if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
6208
    {
6209
      bfd_boolean long32_p, long64_p;
6210
 
6211
      long32_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6212
      long64_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6213
      if (long32_p && long64_p)
6214
        return 0;
6215
      if (long32_p)
6216
        return 4;
6217
      if (long64_p)
6218
        return 8;
6219
 
6220
      if (sec->reloc_count > 0
6221
          && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != NULL
6222
          && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs[0].r_info)
6223
              == R_MIPS_64))
6224
        return 8;
6225
 
6226
      return 0;
6227
    }
6228
  return 4;
6229
}
6230
 
6231
/* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6232
   relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6233
   same address.  For example, if we have code like:
6234
 
6235
        lw      $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6236
        lw      $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6237
        jalr    $25
6238
 
6239
   then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6240
   will jump there rather than to .text.
6241
 
6242
   We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6243
   This is also what the MIPSpro tools do.  */
6244
 
6245
bfd_boolean
6246
_bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd)
6247
{
6248
  return SGI_COMPAT (abfd);
6249
}
6250
 
6251
/* Work over a section just before writing it out.  This routine is
6252
   used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.  FIXME: We recognize
6253
   sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6254
   a better way.  */
6255
 
6256
bfd_boolean
6257
_bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
6258
{
6259
  if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6260
      && hdr->sh_size > 0)
6261
    {
6262
      bfd_byte buf[4];
6263
 
6264
      BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
6265
      BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
6266
 
6267
      if (bfd_seek (abfd,
6268
                    hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
6269
                    SEEK_SET) != 0)
6270
        return FALSE;
6271
      H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6272
      if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
6273
        return FALSE;
6274
    }
6275
 
6276
  if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6277
      && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
6278
      && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
6279
      && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL)
6280
    {
6281
      bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
6282
 
6283
      /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6284
         set_section_contents routine.  We save the section contents
6285
         so that we don't have to read them again.
6286
         At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6287
         through the section contents to see if there is an
6288
         ODK_REGINFO structure.  */
6289
 
6290
      contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata;
6291
      l = contents;
6292
      lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
6293
      while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
6294
        {
6295
          Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
6296
 
6297
          bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
6298
                                        &intopt);
6299
          if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
6300
            {
6301
              (*_bfd_error_handler)
6302
                (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6303
                abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
6304
              break;
6305
            }
6306
          if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6307
            {
6308
              bfd_byte buf[8];
6309
 
6310
              if (bfd_seek (abfd,
6311
                            (hdr->sh_offset
6312
                             + (l - contents)
6313
                             + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
6314
                             + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
6315
                             SEEK_SET) != 0)
6316
                return FALSE;
6317
              H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6318
              if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8)
6319
                return FALSE;
6320
            }
6321
          else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6322
            {
6323
              bfd_byte buf[4];
6324
 
6325
              if (bfd_seek (abfd,
6326
                            (hdr->sh_offset
6327
                             + (l - contents)
6328
                             + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
6329
                             + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
6330
                            SEEK_SET) != 0)
6331
                return FALSE;
6332
              H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6333
              if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
6334
                return FALSE;
6335
            }
6336
          l += intopt.size;
6337
        }
6338
    }
6339
 
6340
  if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
6341
    {
6342
      const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
6343
 
6344
      /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6345
         prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6346
         changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary.  The entry in
6347
         _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
6348
         are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
6349
         input file, and without special handling here the flags set
6350
         on it in an input file will be followed.  */
6351
      if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
6352
          || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
6353
          || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
6354
        {
6355
          hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6356
          hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6357
        }
6358
      else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
6359
        {
6360
          hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6361
          hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6362
        }
6363
      else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
6364
        {
6365
          hdr->sh_flags = 0;
6366
          hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6367
        }
6368
      else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
6369
        {
6370
          if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
6371
            {
6372
              unsigned int adjust;
6373
 
6374
              adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
6375
              if (adjust != 0)
6376
                hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
6377
            }
6378
        }
6379
    }
6380
 
6381
  return TRUE;
6382
}
6383
 
6384
/* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file.  This
6385
   is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
6386
   This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
6387
 
6388
   FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
6389
   how to.  */
6390
 
6391
bfd_boolean
6392
_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
6393
                                 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
6394
                                 const char *name,
6395
                                 int shindex)
6396
{
6397
  flagword flags = 0;
6398
 
6399
  /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
6400
     at the moment there isn't one.  We just keep track of the
6401
     sections by their name, instead.  Fortunately, the ABI gives
6402
     suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
6403
     probably get away with this.  */
6404
  switch (hdr->sh_type)
6405
    {
6406
    case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
6407
      if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
6408
        return FALSE;
6409
      break;
6410
    case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
6411
      if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
6412
        return FALSE;
6413
      break;
6414
    case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
6415
      if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
6416
        return FALSE;
6417
      break;
6418
    case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
6419
      if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
6420
        return FALSE;
6421
      break;
6422
    case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
6423
      if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
6424
        return FALSE;
6425
      break;
6426
    case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
6427
      if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
6428
        return FALSE;
6429
      flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
6430
      break;
6431
    case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
6432
      if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
6433
          || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
6434
        return FALSE;
6435
      flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
6436
      break;
6437
    case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
6438
      if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
6439
        return FALSE;
6440
      break;
6441
    case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
6442
      if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
6443
        return FALSE;
6444
      break;
6445
    case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
6446
      if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
6447
        return FALSE;
6448
      break;
6449
    case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
6450
      if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
6451
          && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
6452
        return FALSE;
6453
      break;
6454
    case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
6455
      if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
6456
        return FALSE;
6457
      break;
6458
    case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
6459
      if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
6460
          && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6461
        return FALSE;
6462
      break;
6463
    default:
6464
      break;
6465
    }
6466
 
6467
  if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
6468
    return FALSE;
6469
 
6470
  if (flags)
6471
    {
6472
      if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
6473
                                   (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
6474
                                                           hdr->bfd_section)
6475
                                    | flags)))
6476
        return FALSE;
6477
    }
6478
 
6479
  /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section.  */
6480
 
6481
  /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
6482
     from the contents of this section.  We need the gp value while
6483
     processing relocs, so we just get it now.  The .reginfo section
6484
     is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI.  */
6485
  if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
6486
    {
6487
      Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
6488
      Elf32_RegInfo s;
6489
 
6490
      if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
6491
                                      &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
6492
        return FALSE;
6493
      bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
6494
      elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
6495
    }
6496
 
6497
  /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
6498
     set the gp value based on what we find.  We may see both
6499
     SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
6500
     they should agree.  */
6501
  if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
6502
    {
6503
      bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
6504
 
6505
      contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6506
      if (contents == NULL)
6507
        return FALSE;
6508
      if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
6509
                                      0, hdr->sh_size))
6510
        {
6511
          free (contents);
6512
          return FALSE;
6513
        }
6514
      l = contents;
6515
      lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
6516
      while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
6517
        {
6518
          Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
6519
 
6520
          bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
6521
                                        &intopt);
6522
          if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
6523
            {
6524
              (*_bfd_error_handler)
6525
                (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6526
                abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
6527
              break;
6528
            }
6529
          if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6530
            {
6531
              Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
6532
 
6533
              bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
6534
                (abfd,
6535
                 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
6536
                  (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
6537
                 &intreg);
6538
              elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
6539
            }
6540
          else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6541
            {
6542
              Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
6543
 
6544
              bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
6545
                (abfd,
6546
                 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
6547
                  (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
6548
                 &intreg);
6549
              elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
6550
            }
6551
          l += intopt.size;
6552
        }
6553
      free (contents);
6554
    }
6555
 
6556
  return TRUE;
6557
}
6558
 
6559
/* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section.  We do this by the
6560
   section name, which is a hack, but ought to work.  This routine is
6561
   used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.  */
6562
 
6563
bfd_boolean
6564
_bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec)
6565
{
6566
  const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
6567
 
6568
  if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
6569
    {
6570
      hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
6571
      hdr->sh_info = sec->size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
6572
      /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing.  */
6573
    }
6574
  else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
6575
    hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
6576
  else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
6577
    {
6578
      hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
6579
      hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
6580
      /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing.  */
6581
    }
6582
  else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
6583
    hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
6584
  else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
6585
    {
6586
      hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
6587
      /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
6588
         entsize of 0.  FIXME: Does this matter?  */
6589
      if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
6590
        hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6591
      else
6592
        hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
6593
    }
6594
  else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
6595
    {
6596
      hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
6597
      /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
6598
         entsize of 0x18.  FIXME: Does this matter?  */
6599
      if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
6600
        {
6601
          if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
6602
            hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
6603
          else
6604
            hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
6605
        }
6606
      else
6607
        hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
6608
    }
6609
  else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
6610
           && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
6611
               || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
6612
               || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
6613
    {
6614
      if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
6615
        hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6616
#if 0
6617
      /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves.  */
6618
      hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
6619
#endif
6620
    }
6621
  else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
6622
           || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
6623
           || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
6624
           || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
6625
           || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
6626
           || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
6627
    hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6628
  else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
6629
    {
6630
      hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
6631
      hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6632
    }
6633
  else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
6634
    {
6635
      hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
6636
      hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6637
      /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing.  */
6638
    }
6639
  else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
6640
    {
6641
      hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
6642
      hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
6643
      hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6644
    }
6645
  else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
6646
           || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
6647
    {
6648
      hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
6649
 
6650
      /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
6651
         per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
6652
         doesn't merge sections with different flags so ...  */
6653
      if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_frame"))
6654
        hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6655
    }
6656
  else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
6657
    {
6658
      hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
6659
      /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
6660
         final_write_processing.  */
6661
    }
6662
  else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
6663
           || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6664
    {
6665
      hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
6666
      hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6667
      /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing.  */
6668
    }
6669
  else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
6670
    {
6671
      hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
6672
      hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
6673
      hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
6674
    }
6675
 
6676
  /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
6677
   kind of relocations.  We used to set up a second header for the
6678
   non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
6679
   these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
6680
   Thus we create those header only on demand now.  */
6681
 
6682
  return TRUE;
6683
}
6684
 
6685
/* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
6686
   index.  This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
6687
   Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
6688
   but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
6689
   the .scommon section.  */
6690
 
6691
bfd_boolean
6692
_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6693
                                        asection *sec, int *retval)
6694
{
6695
  if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
6696
    {
6697
      *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
6698
      return TRUE;
6699
    }
6700
  if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
6701
    {
6702
      *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
6703
      return TRUE;
6704
    }
6705
  return FALSE;
6706
}
6707
 
6708
/* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
6709
   file.  We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here.  */
6710
 
6711
bfd_boolean
6712
_bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6713
                               Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep,
6714
                               flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6715
                               asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp)
6716
{
6717
  if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
6718
      && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
6719
      && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
6720
    {
6721
      /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name.  */
6722
      *namep = NULL;
6723
      return TRUE;
6724
    }
6725
 
6726
  /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
6727
     a SECTION *ABS*.  This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
6728
     by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object.  Since _gp_disp is
6729
     a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
6730
     of _gp_disp.  New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
6731
     is not done for them. */
6732
  if (!NEWABI_P(abfd)
6733
      && (sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
6734
      && (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0))
6735
    {
6736
      *namep = NULL;
6737
      return TRUE;
6738
    }
6739
 
6740
  switch (sym->st_shndx)
6741
    {
6742
    case SHN_COMMON:
6743
      /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6744
         treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols.  */
6745
      if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
6746
          || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_TLS
6747
          || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
6748
        break;
6749
      /* Fall through.  */
6750
    case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
6751
      *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
6752
      (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
6753
      *valp = sym->st_size;
6754
      break;
6755
 
6756
    case SHN_MIPS_TEXT:
6757
      /* This section is used in a shared object.  */
6758
      if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
6759
        {
6760
          asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
6761
          asection *elf_text_section;
6762
          bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
6763
 
6764
          elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6765
          if (elf_text_section == NULL)
6766
            return FALSE;
6767
 
6768
          amt = sizeof (asymbol);
6769
          elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6770
          if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
6771
            return FALSE;
6772
 
6773
          /* Initialize the section.  */
6774
 
6775
          elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
6776
          elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
6777
 
6778
          elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
6779
          elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
6780
 
6781
          elf_text_section->name = ".text";
6782
          elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
6783
          elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
6784
          elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
6785
          elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
6786
          elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
6787
          elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
6788
        }
6789
      /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
6790
         info->shared.  I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
6791
         so I took it out.  */
6792
      *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
6793
      break;
6794
 
6795
    case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
6796
      /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data?  */
6797
    case SHN_MIPS_DATA:
6798
      /* This section is used in a shared object.  */
6799
      if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
6800
        {
6801
          asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
6802
          asection *elf_data_section;
6803
          bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
6804
 
6805
          elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6806
          if (elf_data_section == NULL)
6807
            return FALSE;
6808
 
6809
          amt = sizeof (asymbol);
6810
          elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6811
          if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
6812
            return FALSE;
6813
 
6814
          /* Initialize the section.  */
6815
 
6816
          elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
6817
          elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
6818
 
6819
          elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
6820
          elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
6821
 
6822
          elf_data_section->name = ".data";
6823
          elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
6824
          elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
6825
          elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
6826
          elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
6827
          elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
6828
          elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
6829
        }
6830
      /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
6831
         info->shared.  I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
6832
         so I took it out.  */
6833
      *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
6834
      break;
6835
 
6836
    case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
6837
      *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6838
      break;
6839
    }
6840
 
6841
  if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
6842
      && ! info->shared
6843
      && info->output_bfd->xvec == abfd->xvec
6844
      && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
6845
    {
6846
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6847
      struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
6848
 
6849
      /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic.  */
6850
      bh = NULL;
6851
      if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6852
             (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE,
6853
              get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
6854
        return FALSE;
6855
 
6856
      h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
6857
      h->non_elf = 0;
6858
      h->def_regular = 1;
6859
      h->type = STT_OBJECT;
6860
 
6861
      if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
6862
        return FALSE;
6863
 
6864
      mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE;
6865
    }
6866
 
6867
  /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
6868
     odd.  This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
6869
     the right value when it is loaded into the PC.  */
6870
  if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
6871
    ++*valp;
6872
 
6873
  return TRUE;
6874
}
6875
 
6876
/* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
6877
   symbol.  We mark symbols as small common if appropriate.  This is
6878
   also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol.  */
6879
 
6880
int
6881
_bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
6882
  (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6883
   const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
6884
   asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6885
{
6886
  /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
6887
     if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
6888
     common in the output file.  */
6889
  if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
6890
      && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
6891
    sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
6892
 
6893
  if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
6894
    sym->st_value &= ~1;
6895
 
6896
  return 1;
6897
}
6898
 
6899
/* Functions for the dynamic linker.  */
6900
 
6901
/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object.  */
6902
 
6903
bfd_boolean
6904
_bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
6905
{
6906
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6907
  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
6908
  flagword flags;
6909
  register asection *s;
6910
  const char * const *namep;
6911
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6912
 
6913
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
6914
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
6915
 
6916
  flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
6917
           | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
6918
 
6919
  /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
6920
     EABI doesn't.  */
6921
  if (!htab->is_vxworks)
6922
    {
6923
      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
6924
      if (s != NULL)
6925
        {
6926
          if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
6927
            return FALSE;
6928
        }
6929
    }
6930
 
6931
  /* We need to create .got section.  */
6932
  if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
6933
    return FALSE;
6934
 
6935
  if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE))
6936
    return FALSE;
6937
 
6938
  /* Create .stub section.  */
6939
  s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
6940
                                   MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd),
6941
                                   flags | SEC_CODE);
6942
  if (s == NULL
6943
      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
6944
                                      MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
6945
    return FALSE;
6946
  htab->sstubs = s;
6947
 
6948
  if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
6949
      && !info->shared
6950
      && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
6951
    {
6952
      s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".rld_map",
6953
                                       flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY);
6954
      if (s == NULL
6955
          || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
6956
                                          MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
6957
        return FALSE;
6958
    }
6959
 
6960
  /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
6961
     alignments of several sections.  There is no ABI documentation
6962
     indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
6963
     the linker takes such action.  */
6964
  if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
6965
    {
6966
      for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
6967
        {
6968
          bh = NULL;
6969
          if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6970
                 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
6971
                  NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
6972
            return FALSE;
6973
 
6974
          h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
6975
          h->non_elf = 0;
6976
          h->def_regular = 1;
6977
          h->type = STT_SECTION;
6978
 
6979
          if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
6980
            return FALSE;
6981
        }
6982
 
6983
      /* We need to create a .compact_rel section.  */
6984
      if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
6985
        {
6986
          if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
6987
            return FALSE;
6988
        }
6989
 
6990
      /* Change alignments of some sections.  */
6991
      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".hash");
6992
      if (s != NULL)
6993
        bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
6994
      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
6995
      if (s != NULL)
6996
        bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
6997
      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
6998
      if (s != NULL)
6999
        bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7000
      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7001
      if (s != NULL)
7002
        bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7003
      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
7004
      if (s != NULL)
7005
        bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7006
    }
7007
 
7008
  if (!info->shared)
7009
    {
7010
      const char *name;
7011
 
7012
      name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7013
      bh = NULL;
7014
      if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7015
            (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0,
7016
             NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7017
        return FALSE;
7018
 
7019
      h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7020
      h->non_elf = 0;
7021
      h->def_regular = 1;
7022
      h->type = STT_SECTION;
7023
 
7024
      if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7025
        return FALSE;
7026
 
7027
      if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
7028
        {
7029
          /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7030
             and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7031
             the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7032
             _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol.  */
7033
          s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map");
7034
          BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7035
 
7036
          name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7037
          bh = NULL;
7038
          if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7039
                (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE,
7040
                 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7041
            return FALSE;
7042
 
7043
          h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7044
          h->non_elf = 0;
7045
          h->def_regular = 1;
7046
          h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7047
 
7048
          if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7049
            return FALSE;
7050
        }
7051
    }
7052
 
7053
  /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7054
     Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol.  */
7055
  if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
7056
    return FALSE;
7057
 
7058
  /* Cache the sections created above.  */
7059
  htab->splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
7060
  htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynbss");
7061
  if (htab->is_vxworks)
7062
    {
7063
      htab->srelbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.bss");
7064
      htab->srelplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
7065
    }
7066
  else
7067
    htab->srelplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rel.plt");
7068
  if (!htab->sdynbss
7069
      || (htab->is_vxworks && !htab->srelbss && !info->shared)
7070
      || !htab->srelplt
7071
      || !htab->splt)
7072
    abort ();
7073
 
7074
  if (htab->is_vxworks)
7075
    {
7076
      /* Do the usual VxWorks handling.  */
7077
      if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
7078
        return FALSE;
7079
 
7080
      /* Work out the PLT sizes.  */
7081
      if (info->shared)
7082
        {
7083
          htab->plt_header_size
7084
            = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry);
7085
          htab->plt_entry_size
7086
            = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry);
7087
        }
7088
      else
7089
        {
7090
          htab->plt_header_size
7091
            = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry);
7092
          htab->plt_entry_size
7093
            = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry);
7094
        }
7095
    }
7096
  else if (!info->shared)
7097
    {
7098
      /* All variants of the plt0 entry are the same size.  */
7099
      htab->plt_header_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
7100
      htab->plt_entry_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
7101
    }
7102
 
7103
  return TRUE;
7104
}
7105
 
7106
/* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7107
   RELA relocation.  RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7108
   ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC.  */
7109
 
7110
static bfd_boolean
7111
mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
7112
                           const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
7113
                           const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
7114
{
7115
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
7116
  const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7117
 
7118
  /* To determine which flavor or relocation this is, we depend on the
7119
     fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2.  */
7120
  rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr;
7121
  bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7122
  if ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
7123
      >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel))
7124
    rel_hdr = elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr2;
7125
  return rel_hdr->sh_entsize == MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
7126
}
7127
 
7128
/* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7129
   HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7130
   of the section that REL is against.  */
7131
 
7132
static bfd_vma
7133
mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7134
                          reloc_howto_type *howto, bfd_byte *contents)
7135
{
7136
  bfd_byte *location;
7137
  unsigned int r_type;
7138
  bfd_vma addend;
7139
 
7140
  r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7141
  location = contents + rel->r_offset;
7142
 
7143
  /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file.  */
7144
  _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7145
  addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, abfd, contents);
7146
  _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7147
 
7148
  return addend & howto->src_mask;
7149
}
7150
 
7151
/* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7152
   and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself.  Look for the LO16 relocation
7153
   and update *ADDEND with the final addend.  Return true on success
7154
   or false if the LO16 could not be found.  RELEND is the exclusive
7155
   upper bound on the relocations for REL's section.  */
7156
 
7157
static bfd_boolean
7158
mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd *abfd,
7159
                              const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7160
                              const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend,
7161
                              bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma *addend)
7162
{
7163
  unsigned int r_type, lo16_type;
7164
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
7165
  reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
7166
  bfd_vma l;
7167
 
7168
  r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7169
  if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
7170
    lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16;
7171
  else
7172
    lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16;
7173
 
7174
  /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7175
     sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended.  (Usually, the
7176
     code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7177
     LO16 value.)
7178
 
7179
     Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7180
 
7181
     According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7182
     be immediately following.  However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7183
     relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7184
     relocations for the same address.  In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7185
     relocation may occur as one of these.  We permit a similar
7186
     extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7187
 
7188
     In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7189
     the corresponding HI16.  This is strictly speaking a violation of
7190
     the ABI but not immediately harmful.  */
7191
  lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd, lo16_type, rel, relend);
7192
  if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
7193
    return FALSE;
7194
 
7195
  /* Obtain the addend kept there.  */
7196
  lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, lo16_type, FALSE);
7197
  l = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, lo16_relocation, lo16_howto, contents);
7198
 
7199
  l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
7200
  l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
7201
 
7202
  *addend <<= 16;
7203
  *addend += l;
7204
  return TRUE;
7205
}
7206
 
7207
/* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD.  Return true and
7208
   store the contents in *CONTENTS on success.  Assume that *CONTENTS
7209
   already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry.  */
7210
 
7211
static bfd_boolean
7212
mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_byte **contents)
7213
{
7214
  if (*contents)
7215
    return TRUE;
7216
 
7217
  /* Get cached copy if it exists.  */
7218
  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
7219
    {
7220
      *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
7221
      return TRUE;
7222
    }
7223
 
7224
  return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, contents);
7225
}
7226
 
7227
/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7228
   allocate space in the global offset table.  */
7229
 
7230
bfd_boolean
7231
_bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7232
                            asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
7233
{
7234
  const char *name;
7235
  bfd *dynobj;
7236
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7237
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
7238
  size_t extsymoff;
7239
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
7240
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
7241
  asection *sreloc;
7242
  const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7243
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7244
  bfd_byte *contents;
7245
  bfd_vma addend;
7246
  reloc_howto_type *howto;
7247
 
7248
  if (info->relocatable)
7249
    return TRUE;
7250
 
7251
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7252
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
7253
 
7254
  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
7255
  symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7256
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
7257
  extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7258
 
7259
  bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7260
  rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
7261
 
7262
  /* Check for the mips16 stub sections.  */
7263
 
7264
  name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
7265
  if (FN_STUB_P (name))
7266
    {
7267
      unsigned long r_symndx;
7268
 
7269
      /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7270
         this is for.  */
7271
 
7272
      r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (sec, relocs, rel_end);
7273
      if (r_symndx == 0)
7274
        {
7275
          (*_bfd_error_handler)
7276
            (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7277
               " stub section `%s'"),
7278
             abfd, name);
7279
          bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7280
          return FALSE;
7281
        }
7282
 
7283
      if (r_symndx < extsymoff
7284
          || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
7285
        {
7286
          asection *o;
7287
 
7288
          /* This stub is for a local symbol.  This stub will only be
7289
             needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7290
             than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol.  */
7291
          for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7292
            {
7293
              Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
7294
              const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
7295
 
7296
              /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs.  */
7297
              if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
7298
                  || o->reloc_count == 0
7299
                  || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
7300
                continue;
7301
 
7302
              sec_relocs
7303
                = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
7304
                                             info->keep_memory);
7305
              if (sec_relocs == NULL)
7306
                return FALSE;
7307
 
7308
              rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
7309
              for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
7310
                if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
7311
                    && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info)))
7312
                  break;
7313
 
7314
              if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
7315
                free (sec_relocs);
7316
 
7317
              if (r < rend)
7318
                break;
7319
            }
7320
 
7321
          if (o == NULL)
7322
            {
7323
              /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7324
                 not need it.  Since this function is called before
7325
                 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7326
                 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7327
                 flag.  */
7328
              sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7329
              return TRUE;
7330
            }
7331
 
7332
          /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
7333
             this BFD.  */
7334
          if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
7335
            {
7336
              unsigned long symcount;
7337
              asection **n;
7338
              bfd_size_type amt;
7339
 
7340
              if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
7341
                symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
7342
              else
7343
                symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7344
              amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
7345
              n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7346
              if (n == NULL)
7347
                return FALSE;
7348
              elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
7349
            }
7350
 
7351
          sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7352
          elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
7353
 
7354
          /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7355
             That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7356
             the global symbol table for stubs.  We don't need to set
7357
             it here, because we just have a local stub.  */
7358
        }
7359
      else
7360
        {
7361
          struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7362
 
7363
          h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
7364
               sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
7365
 
7366
          while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
7367
                 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
7368
            h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
7369
 
7370
          /* H is the symbol this stub is for.  */
7371
 
7372
          /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7373
             don't need another one, so we can discard this one.  Since
7374
             this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7375
             to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7376
             SEC_EXCLUDE flag.  */
7377
          if (h->fn_stub != NULL)
7378
            {
7379
              sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7380
              return TRUE;
7381
            }
7382
 
7383
          sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7384
          h->fn_stub = sec;
7385
          mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
7386
        }
7387
    }
7388
  else if (CALL_STUB_P (name) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
7389
    {
7390
      unsigned long r_symndx;
7391
      struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7392
      asection **loc;
7393
 
7394
      /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7395
         this is for.  */
7396
 
7397
      r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (sec, relocs, rel_end);
7398
      if (r_symndx == 0)
7399
        {
7400
          (*_bfd_error_handler)
7401
            (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7402
               " stub section `%s'"),
7403
             abfd, name);
7404
          bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7405
          return FALSE;
7406
        }
7407
 
7408
      if (r_symndx < extsymoff
7409
          || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
7410
        {
7411
          asection *o;
7412
 
7413
          /* This stub is for a local symbol.  This stub will only be
7414
             needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
7415
             that refers to this symbol.  */
7416
          for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7417
            {
7418
              Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
7419
              const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
7420
 
7421
              /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs.  */
7422
              if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
7423
                  || o->reloc_count == 0
7424
                  || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
7425
                continue;
7426
 
7427
              sec_relocs
7428
                = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
7429
                                             info->keep_memory);
7430
              if (sec_relocs == NULL)
7431
                return FALSE;
7432
 
7433
              rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
7434
              for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
7435
                if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
7436
                    && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26)
7437
                    break;
7438
 
7439
              if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
7440
                free (sec_relocs);
7441
 
7442
              if (r < rend)
7443
                break;
7444
            }
7445
 
7446
          if (o == NULL)
7447
            {
7448
              /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7449
                 not need it.  Since this function is called before
7450
                 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7451
                 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7452
                 flag.  */
7453
              sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7454
              return TRUE;
7455
            }
7456
 
7457
          /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
7458
             this BFD.  */
7459
          if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs == NULL)
7460
            {
7461
              unsigned long symcount;
7462
              asection **n;
7463
              bfd_size_type amt;
7464
 
7465
              if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
7466
                symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
7467
              else
7468
                symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7469
              amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
7470
              n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7471
              if (n == NULL)
7472
                return FALSE;
7473
              elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs = n;
7474
            }
7475
 
7476
          sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7477
          elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
7478
 
7479
          /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7480
             That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7481
             the global symbol table for stubs.  We don't need to set
7482
             it here, because we just have a local stub.  */
7483
        }
7484
      else
7485
        {
7486
          h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
7487
               sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
7488
 
7489
          /* H is the symbol this stub is for.  */
7490
 
7491
          if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
7492
            loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
7493
          else
7494
            loc = &h->call_stub;
7495
 
7496
          /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7497
             don't need another one, so we can discard this one.  Since
7498
             this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7499
             to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7500
             SEC_EXCLUDE flag.  */
7501
          if (*loc != NULL)
7502
            {
7503
              sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7504
              return TRUE;
7505
            }
7506
 
7507
          sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7508
          *loc = sec;
7509
          mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
7510
        }
7511
    }
7512
 
7513
  sreloc = NULL;
7514
  contents = NULL;
7515
  for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
7516
    {
7517
      unsigned long r_symndx;
7518
      unsigned int r_type;
7519
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7520
      bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p;
7521
 
7522
      r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
7523
      r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7524
 
7525
      if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
7526
        h = NULL;
7527
      else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
7528
        {
7529
          (*_bfd_error_handler)
7530
            (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
7531
             abfd, name);
7532
          bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7533
          return FALSE;
7534
        }
7535
      else
7536
        {
7537
          h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
7538
          while (h != NULL
7539
                 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
7540
                     || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning))
7541
            h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
7542
        }
7543
 
7544
      /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
7545
         relocation into a dynamic one.  */
7546
      can_make_dynamic_p = FALSE;
7547
      switch (r_type)
7548
        {
7549
        case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
7550
        case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
7551
        case R_MIPS_GOT16:
7552
        case R_MIPS_CALL16:
7553
        case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
7554
        case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
7555
        case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
7556
        case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
7557
        case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7558
        case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
7559
        case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
7560
        case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
7561
        case R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
7562
        case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
7563
          if (dynobj == NULL)
7564
            elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
7565
          if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
7566
            return FALSE;
7567
          if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
7568
            {
7569
              (*_bfd_error_handler)
7570
                (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
7571
                 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
7572
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7573
              return FALSE;
7574
            }
7575
          break;
7576
 
7577
          /* This is just a hint; it can safely be ignored.  Don't set
7578
             has_static_relocs for the corresponding symbol.  */
7579
        case R_MIPS_JALR:
7580
          break;
7581
 
7582
        case R_MIPS_32:
7583
        case R_MIPS_REL32:
7584
        case R_MIPS_64:
7585
          /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
7586
             must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
7587
             possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
7588
 
7589
             For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
7590
             choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
7591
             one or using copy relocations or PLT entries.  It is
7592
             usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
7593
             against a read-only section.  */
7594
          if ((info->shared
7595
               || (h != NULL
7596
                   && !htab->is_vxworks
7597
                   && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
7598
                   && !(!info->nocopyreloc
7599
                        && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd)
7600
                        && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))))
7601
              && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
7602
            {
7603
              can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE;
7604
              if (dynobj == NULL)
7605
                elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
7606
              break;
7607
            }
7608
          /* Fall through.  */
7609
 
7610
        default:
7611
          /* Most static relocations require pointer equality, except
7612
             for branches.  */
7613
          if (h)
7614
            h->pointer_equality_needed = TRUE;
7615
          /* Fall through.  */
7616
 
7617
        case R_MIPS_26:
7618
        case R_MIPS_PC16:
7619
        case R_MIPS16_26:
7620
          if (h)
7621
            ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
7622
          break;
7623
        }
7624
 
7625
      if (h)
7626
        {
7627
          /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
7628
             __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader.  Allocate
7629
             room for them in .rela.dyn.  */
7630
          if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
7631
            {
7632
              if (sreloc == NULL)
7633
                {
7634
                  sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
7635
                  if (sreloc == NULL)
7636
                    return FALSE;
7637
                }
7638
              mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
7639
              if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
7640
                /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
7641
                   relocations against the text segment.  */
7642
                info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
7643
            }
7644
        }
7645
      else if (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
7646
               || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
7647
               || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
7648
               || (got16_reloc_p (r_type) && htab->is_vxworks))
7649
        {
7650
          /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation.  We
7651
             don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
7652
             maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
7653
             the segment.  Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
7654
             R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
7655
             always evaluate to "G".  We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
7656
             R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
7657
             R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16.  */
7658
          if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
7659
                                                 rel->r_addend, info, 0))
7660
            return FALSE;
7661
        }
7662
 
7663
      if (h != NULL && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd, r_type))
7664
        ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
7665
 
7666
      switch (r_type)
7667
        {
7668
        case R_MIPS_CALL16:
7669
        case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
7670
          if (h == NULL)
7671
            {
7672
              (*_bfd_error_handler)
7673
                (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
7674
                 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
7675
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7676
              return FALSE;
7677
            }
7678
          /* Fall through.  */
7679
 
7680
        case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
7681
        case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
7682
          if (h != NULL)
7683
            {
7684
              /* VxWorks call relocations point at the function's .got.plt
7685
                 entry, which will be allocated by adjust_dynamic_symbol.
7686
                 Otherwise, this symbol requires a global GOT entry.  */
7687
              if ((!htab->is_vxworks || h->forced_local)
7688
                  && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, 0))
7689
                return FALSE;
7690
 
7691
              /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
7692
                 function.  But we record it as if it needs plt.  See
7693
                 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol.  */
7694
              h->needs_plt = 1;
7695
              h->type = STT_FUNC;
7696
            }
7697
          break;
7698
 
7699
        case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7700
          /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
7701
             decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it.  */
7702
          if (h)
7703
            {
7704
              struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
7705
                (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
7706
 
7707
              /* This symbol is definitely not overridable.  */
7708
              if (hmips->root.def_regular
7709
                  && ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic
7710
                        && ! hmips->root.forced_local))
7711
                h = NULL;
7712
            }
7713
          /* Fall through.  */
7714
 
7715
        case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
7716
        case R_MIPS_GOT16:
7717
        case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
7718
        case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
7719
          if (!h || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE)
7720
            {
7721
              /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
7722
                 page entry in the GOT.  For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
7723
                 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
7724
                 preemptible.  */
7725
              if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd, sec, relocs, rel))
7726
                {
7727
                  if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
7728
                    return FALSE;
7729
                  howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
7730
                  addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, rel,
7731
                                                     howto, contents);
7732
                  if (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
7733
                    mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd, rel, rel_end,
7734
                                                  contents, &addend);
7735
                  else
7736
                    addend <<= howto->rightshift;
7737
                }
7738
              else
7739
                addend = rel->r_addend;
7740
              if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (info, abfd, r_symndx,
7741
                                                   addend))
7742
                return FALSE;
7743
              break;
7744
            }
7745
          /* Fall through.  */
7746
 
7747
        case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
7748
          if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, 0))
7749
            return FALSE;
7750
          break;
7751
 
7752
        case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
7753
          if (info->shared)
7754
            info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
7755
          /* Fall through */
7756
 
7757
        case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
7758
          if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
7759
            {
7760
              r_symndx = 0;
7761
              h = NULL;
7762
            }
7763
          /* Fall through */
7764
 
7765
        case R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
7766
          /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
7767
             for TLS GD relocations.  */
7768
          {
7769
            unsigned char flag = (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD
7770
                                  ? GOT_TLS_GD
7771
                                  : r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
7772
                                  ? GOT_TLS_LDM
7773
                                  : GOT_TLS_IE);
7774
            if (h != NULL)
7775
              {
7776
                struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
7777
                  (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
7778
                hmips->tls_type |= flag;
7779
 
7780
                if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd,
7781
                                                             info, flag))
7782
                  return FALSE;
7783
              }
7784
            else
7785
              {
7786
                BFD_ASSERT (flag == GOT_TLS_LDM || r_symndx != 0);
7787
 
7788
                if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
7789
                                                       rel->r_addend,
7790
                                                       info, flag))
7791
                  return FALSE;
7792
              }
7793
          }
7794
          break;
7795
 
7796
        case R_MIPS_32:
7797
        case R_MIPS_REL32:
7798
        case R_MIPS_64:
7799
          /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
7800
             are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
7801
             no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation.  */
7802
          if (can_make_dynamic_p)
7803
            {
7804
              if (sreloc == NULL)
7805
                {
7806
                  sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
7807
                  if (sreloc == NULL)
7808
                    return FALSE;
7809
                }
7810
              if (info->shared && h == NULL)
7811
                {
7812
                  /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
7813
                     reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
7814
                     relocs.  Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn.  */
7815
                  mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
7816
                  if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
7817
                    /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
7818
                       relocations against the text segment.  */
7819
                    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
7820
                }
7821
              else
7822
                {
7823
                  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
7824
 
7825
                  /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
7826
                     unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
7827
                     weak with non-default visibility, in which case
7828
                     it will be left as zero.
7829
 
7830
                     We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
7831
                     in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
7832
 
7833
                     For an executable, we only need to copy this
7834
                     reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
7835
                     object.  */
7836
                  hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
7837
                  ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
7838
                  if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
7839
                    /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
7840
                       are relocations against the text segment.  */
7841
                    hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
7842
                }
7843
            }
7844
 
7845
          if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7846
            mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
7847
              sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
7848
          break;
7849
 
7850
        case R_MIPS_26:
7851
        case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
7852
        case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
7853
        case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
7854
          if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7855
            mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
7856
              sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
7857
          break;
7858
 
7859
          /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
7860
             Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
7861
        case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7862
          if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
7863
            return FALSE;
7864
          break;
7865
 
7866
          /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
7867
             used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
7868
        case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
7869
          BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
7870
          if (h != NULL
7871
              && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
7872
            return FALSE;
7873
          break;
7874
 
7875
        default:
7876
          break;
7877
        }
7878
 
7879
      /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
7880
         related to taking the function's address.  This doesn't apply to
7881
         VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
7882
         a normal .got entry.  */
7883
      if (!htab->is_vxworks && h != NULL)
7884
        switch (r_type)
7885
          {
7886
          default:
7887
            ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
7888
            break;
7889
          case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
7890
          case R_MIPS_CALL16:
7891
          case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
7892
          case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
7893
          case R_MIPS_JALR:
7894
            break;
7895
          }
7896
 
7897
      /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
7898
         if there is one.  We only need to handle global symbols here;
7899
         we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
7900
         when processing the stub's relocations.  */
7901
      if (h != NULL
7902
          && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type)
7903
          && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec))
7904
        {
7905
          struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
7906
 
7907
          mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
7908
          mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
7909
        }
7910
 
7911
      /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
7912
         shared library.  Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
7913
         not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
7914
         will be fine.  Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
7915
         combined with R_MIPS_GOT16.  */
7916
      if (info->shared)
7917
        {
7918
          switch (r_type)
7919
            {
7920
            case R_MIPS16_HI16:
7921
            case R_MIPS_HI16:
7922
            case R_MIPS_HIGHER:
7923
            case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
7924
              /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
7925
                 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation).  */
7926
              if (r_symndx == 0)
7927
                break;
7928
 
7929
              /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
7930
                 and has a special meaning.  */
7931
              if (!NEWABI_P (abfd) && h != NULL
7932
                  && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_gp_disp") == 0)
7933
                break;
7934
 
7935
              /* FALLTHROUGH */
7936
 
7937
            case R_MIPS16_26:
7938
            case R_MIPS_26:
7939
              howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
7940
              (*_bfd_error_handler)
7941
                (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
7942
                 abfd, howto->name,
7943
                 (h) ? h->root.root.string : "a local symbol");
7944
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7945
              return FALSE;
7946
            default:
7947
              break;
7948
            }
7949
        }
7950
    }
7951
 
7952
  return TRUE;
7953
}
7954
 
7955
bfd_boolean
7956
_bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
7957
                         struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
7958
                         bfd_boolean *again)
7959
{
7960
  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
7961
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
7962
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7963
  bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
7964
  size_t extsymoff;
7965
  bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE;
7966
  bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
7967
  Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
7968
 
7969
  /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass.  */
7970
  *again = FALSE;
7971
 
7972
  if (link_info->relocatable)
7973
    return TRUE;
7974
 
7975
  internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
7976
                                               link_info->keep_memory);
7977
  if (internal_relocs == NULL)
7978
    return TRUE;
7979
 
7980
  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count
7981
    * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
7982
  symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7983
  extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7984
 
7985
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
7986
    {
7987
      bfd_vma symval;
7988
      bfd_signed_vma sym_offset;
7989
      unsigned int r_type;
7990
      unsigned long r_symndx;
7991
      asection *sym_sec;
7992
      unsigned long instruction;
7993
 
7994
      /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
7995
         with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
7996
         This saves some pipeline bubbles.  */
7997
      r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info);
7998
      if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR)
7999
        continue;
8000
 
8001
      r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info);
8002
      /* Compute the address of the jump target.  */
8003
      if (r_symndx >= extsymoff)
8004
        {
8005
          struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h
8006
            = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
8007
               elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
8008
 
8009
          while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8010
                 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8011
            h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
8012
 
8013
          /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8014
             skip it.  */
8015
          if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
8016
                  || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
8017
                 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
8018
              || (link_info->shared && ! link_info->symbolic
8019
                  && !h->root.forced_local))
8020
            continue;
8021
 
8022
          sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
8023
          if (sym_sec->output_section)
8024
            symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value
8025
                      + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8026
                      + sym_sec->output_offset);
8027
          else
8028
            symval = h->root.root.u.def.value;
8029
        }
8030
      else
8031
        {
8032
          Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
8033
 
8034
          /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already.  */
8035
          if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
8036
            {
8037
              isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
8038
              if (isymbuf == NULL)
8039
                isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
8040
                                                symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
8041
                                                NULL, NULL, NULL);
8042
              if (isymbuf == NULL)
8043
                goto relax_return;
8044
            }
8045
 
8046
          isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
8047
          if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8048
            continue;
8049
          else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
8050
            sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
8051
          else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
8052
            sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
8053
          else
8054
            sym_sec
8055
              = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
8056
          symval = isym->st_value
8057
            + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8058
            + sym_sec->output_offset;
8059
        }
8060
 
8061
      /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8062
         branch target.  */
8063
      sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend)
8064
        - (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4);
8065
 
8066
      /* Branch offset must be properly aligned.  */
8067
      if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0)
8068
        continue;
8069
 
8070
      sym_offset >>= 2;
8071
 
8072
      /* Check that it's in range.  */
8073
      if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000)
8074
        continue;
8075
 
8076
      /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already.  */
8077
      if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
8078
        goto relax_return;
8079
 
8080
      instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset);
8081
 
8082
      /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>.  */
8083
      if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8084
        instruction = 0x04110000;
8085
      /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>.  */
8086
      else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8087
        instruction = 0x10000000;
8088
      else
8089
        continue;
8090
 
8091
      instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff);
8092
      bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset);
8093
      changed_contents = TRUE;
8094
    }
8095
 
8096
  if (contents != NULL
8097
      && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
8098
    {
8099
      if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory)
8100
        free (contents);
8101
      else
8102
        {
8103
          /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
8104
          elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
8105
        }
8106
    }
8107
  return TRUE;
8108
 
8109
 relax_return:
8110
  if (contents != NULL
8111
      && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
8112
    free (contents);
8113
  return FALSE;
8114
}
8115
 
8116
/* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs.  */
8117
 
8118
static bfd_boolean
8119
allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
8120
{
8121
  struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
8122
  bfd *dynobj;
8123
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8124
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8125
 
8126
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8127
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8128
 
8129
  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8130
  hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8131
 
8132
  /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8133
     allocate relocations in shared objects.  */
8134
  if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8135
    return TRUE;
8136
 
8137
  /* Ignore indirect and warning symbols.  All relocations against
8138
     such symbols will be redirected to the target symbol.  */
8139
  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8140
      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8141
    return TRUE;
8142
 
8143
  /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8144
     a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8145
     R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file.  */
8146
  if (! info->relocatable
8147
      && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
8148
      && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
8149
          || !h->def_regular
8150
          || info->shared))
8151
    {
8152
      bfd_boolean do_copy = TRUE;
8153
 
8154
      if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
8155
        {
8156
          /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8157
             non-default visibility.  */
8158
          if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
8159
            do_copy = FALSE;
8160
 
8161
          /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8162
             symbol in PIEs.  */
8163
          else if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local)
8164
            {
8165
              if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
8166
                return FALSE;
8167
            }
8168
        }
8169
 
8170
      if (do_copy)
8171
        {
8172
          /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8173
             a symbol must have a dynamic symbol table index greater that
8174
             DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic relocations against it.  */
8175
          if (hmips->global_got_area > GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
8176
            hmips->global_got_area = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
8177
 
8178
          mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8179
            (dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
8180
          if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
8181
            /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8182
               against the text segment.  */
8183
            info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8184
        }
8185
    }
8186
 
8187
  return TRUE;
8188
}
8189
 
8190
/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8191
   regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
8192
   dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
8193
   change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8194
   understand.  */
8195
 
8196
bfd_boolean
8197
_bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
8198
                                     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
8199
{
8200
  bfd *dynobj;
8201
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8202
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8203
 
8204
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8205
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8206
 
8207
  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8208
  hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8209
 
8210
  /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
8211
  BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
8212
              && (h->needs_plt
8213
                  || h->u.weakdef != NULL
8214
                  || (h->def_dynamic
8215
                      && h->ref_regular
8216
                      && !h->def_regular)));
8217
 
8218
  hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8219
 
8220
  /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8221
     see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it.  We can
8222
     only do this if all references to the function are through call
8223
     relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8224
     are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8225
 
8226
     Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8227
     VxWorks always uses PLTs instead.  */
8228
  if (!htab->is_vxworks && h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
8229
    {
8230
      if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8231
        return TRUE;
8232
 
8233
      /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
8234
         the symbol to the stub location.  This is required to make
8235
         function pointers compare as equal between the normal
8236
         executable and the shared library.  */
8237
      if (!h->def_regular)
8238
        {
8239
          hmips->needs_lazy_stub = TRUE;
8240
          htab->lazy_stub_count++;
8241
          return TRUE;
8242
        }
8243
    }
8244
  /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
8245
     functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
8246
 
8247
     Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
8248
     are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
8249
     This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
8250
     branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
8251
     used in practice due to the short ranges involved.  It can occur
8252
     for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
8253
     case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address.  */
8254
  else if (((h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
8255
            || (h->type == STT_FUNC && hmips->has_static_relocs))
8256
           && htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
8257
           && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
8258
           && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
8259
                && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
8260
    {
8261
      /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
8262
         for the header.  */
8263
      if (htab->splt->size == 0)
8264
        {
8265
          BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt->size == 0);
8266
 
8267
          /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
8268
             entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
8269
             Encourage better cache usage by aligning.  We do this
8270
             lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects.  */
8271
          if (!htab->is_vxworks
8272
              && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->splt, 5))
8273
            return FALSE;
8274
 
8275
          /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned.  We do this lazily
8276
             for the same reason as above.  */
8277
          if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sgotplt,
8278
                                          MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
8279
            return FALSE;
8280
 
8281
          htab->splt->size += htab->plt_header_size;
8282
 
8283
          /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
8284
             are reserved.  */
8285
          if (!htab->is_vxworks)
8286
            htab->sgotplt->size += 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
8287
 
8288
          /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
8289
             .rela.plt.unloaded entries.  */
8290
          if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8291
            htab->srelplt2->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8292
        }
8293
 
8294
      /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol.  */
8295
      h->plt.offset = htab->splt->size;
8296
      htab->splt->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
8297
 
8298
      /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
8299
         symbol's value to the address of the stub.  */
8300
      if (!info->shared && !h->def_regular)
8301
        {
8302
          h->root.u.def.section = htab->splt;
8303
          h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
8304
          /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the
8305
             lazy resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical
8306
             function address.  */
8307
          if (htab->is_vxworks)
8308
            h->root.u.def.value += 8;
8309
        }
8310
 
8311
      /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
8312
         relocation.  */
8313
      htab->sgotplt->size += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
8314
      htab->srelplt->size += (htab->is_vxworks
8315
                              ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj)
8316
                              : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj));
8317
 
8318
      /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.  */
8319
      if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8320
        htab->srelplt2->size += 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8321
 
8322
      /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8323
         dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead.  */
8324
      hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
8325
 
8326
      return TRUE;
8327
    }
8328
 
8329
  /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
8330
     processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
8331
     real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
8332
  if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
8333
    {
8334
      BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
8335
                  || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
8336
      h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
8337
      h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
8338
      return TRUE;
8339
    }
8340
 
8341
  /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
8342
     in regular objects.  */
8343
  if (h->def_regular)
8344
    return TRUE;
8345
 
8346
  /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
8347
     against this symbol into dynamic relocations.  */
8348
  if (!hmips->has_static_relocs)
8349
    return TRUE;
8350
 
8351
  /* We're now relying on copy relocations.  Complain if we have
8352
     some that we can't convert.  */
8353
  if (!htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs || info->shared)
8354
    {
8355
      (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
8356
                               "dynamic symbol %s"),
8357
                             h->root.root.string);
8358
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8359
      return FALSE;
8360
    }
8361
 
8362
  /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
8363
     become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
8364
     an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
8365
     object will contain position independent code, so all references
8366
     from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
8367
     offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
8368
     determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
8369
     both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
8370
     same memory location for the variable.  */
8371
 
8372
  if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
8373
    {
8374
      if (htab->is_vxworks)
8375
        htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8376
      else
8377
        mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8378
      h->needs_copy = 1;
8379
    }
8380
 
8381
  /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8382
     dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead.  */
8383
  hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
8384
 
8385
  return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, htab->sdynbss);
8386
}
8387
 
8388
/* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
8389
   and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.  We
8390
   check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard.  */
8391
 
8392
bfd_boolean
8393
_bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
8394
                                    struct bfd_link_info *info)
8395
{
8396
  asection *ri;
8397
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8398
  struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
8399
 
8400
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8401
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8402
 
8403
  /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size.  */
8404
  ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
8405
  if (ri != NULL)
8406
    bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
8407
 
8408
  hti.info = info;
8409
  hti.output_bfd = output_bfd;
8410
  hti.error = FALSE;
8411
  mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
8412
                               mips_elf_check_symbols, &hti);
8413
  if (hti.error)
8414
    return FALSE;
8415
 
8416
  return TRUE;
8417
}
8418
 
8419
/* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size.  */
8420
 
8421
static bfd_boolean
8422
mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8423
{
8424
  bfd *dynobj;
8425
  asection *s;
8426
  struct mips_got_info *g;
8427
  bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
8428
  bfd_size_type page_gotno;
8429
  bfd *sub;
8430
  struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg;
8431
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8432
 
8433
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8434
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8435
 
8436
  s = htab->sgot;
8437
  if (s == NULL)
8438
    return TRUE;
8439
 
8440
  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8441
  g = htab->got_info;
8442
 
8443
  /* Allocate room for the reserved entries.  VxWorks always reserves
8444
     3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries.  */
8445
  BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == 0);
8446
  if (htab->is_vxworks)
8447
    htab->reserved_gotno = 3;
8448
  else
8449
    htab->reserved_gotno = 2;
8450
  g->local_gotno += htab->reserved_gotno;
8451
  g->assigned_gotno = htab->reserved_gotno;
8452
 
8453
  /* Replace entries for indirect and warning symbols with entries for
8454
     the target symbol.  */
8455
  if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g))
8456
    return FALSE;
8457
 
8458
  /* Count the number of GOT symbols.  */
8459
  mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_count_got_symbols, g);
8460
 
8461
  /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output.  That
8462
     will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
8463
     required.  */
8464
  for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next)
8465
    {
8466
      asection *subsection;
8467
 
8468
      for (subsection = sub->sections;
8469
           subsection;
8470
           subsection = subsection->next)
8471
        {
8472
          if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8473
            continue;
8474
          loadable_size += ((subsection->size + 0xf)
8475
                            &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
8476
        }
8477
    }
8478
 
8479
  if (htab->is_vxworks)
8480
    /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
8481
       relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
8482
       not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE.  */
8483
    page_gotno = 0;
8484
  else
8485
    /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
8486
       sections.  Is 5 enough?  */
8487
    page_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
8488
 
8489
  /* Choose the smaller of the two estimates; both are intended to be
8490
     conservative.  */
8491
  if (page_gotno > g->page_gotno)
8492
    page_gotno = g->page_gotno;
8493
 
8494
  g->local_gotno += page_gotno;
8495
  s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8496
  s->size += g->global_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8497
 
8498
  /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
8499
     instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
8500
     entries for one global symbol from multiple input files.  */
8501
  count_tls_arg.info = info;
8502
  count_tls_arg.needed = 0;
8503
  elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
8504
                          mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries,
8505
                          &count_tls_arg);
8506
  g->tls_gotno += count_tls_arg.needed;
8507
  s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8508
 
8509
  /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs.  It initializes $gp to
8510
     __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
8511
     dynamic loader.  */
8512
  if (htab->is_vxworks)
8513
    {
8514
      /* VxWorks executables do not need a GOT.  */
8515
      if (info->shared)
8516
        {
8517
          /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation.  */
8518
          unsigned int count;
8519
 
8520
          count = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
8521
          if (count)
8522
            mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, count);
8523
        }
8524
    }
8525
  else if (s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info))
8526
    {
8527
      if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, s, page_gotno))
8528
        return FALSE;
8529
    }
8530
  else
8531
    {
8532
      struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg;
8533
 
8534
      /* Set up TLS entries.  */
8535
      g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno;
8536
      htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
8537
 
8538
      /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations.  */
8539
      arg.info = info;
8540
      arg.needed = 0;
8541
      htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs, &arg);
8542
      elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
8543
                              mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs,
8544
                              &arg);
8545
      if (arg.needed)
8546
        mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, arg.needed);
8547
    }
8548
 
8549
  return TRUE;
8550
}
8551
 
8552
/* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section.  */
8553
 
8554
static void
8555
mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8556
{
8557
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8558
  bfd_size_type dynsymcount;
8559
 
8560
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8561
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8562
 
8563
  if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
8564
    return;
8565
 
8566
  /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
8567
     section, so add a dummy entry to the end.  */
8568
  htab->lazy_stub_count++;
8569
 
8570
  /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
8571
     At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
8572
     and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
8573
     be needed.  */
8574
  dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
8575
                 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info));
8576
 
8577
  /* Determine the size of one stub entry.  */
8578
  htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
8579
                              ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
8580
                              : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
8581
 
8582
  htab->sstubs->size = htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size;
8583
}
8584
 
8585
/* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
8586
   MIPS hash table.  If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub,
8587
   allocate an entry in the stubs section.  */
8588
 
8589
static bfd_boolean
8590
mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void **data)
8591
{
8592
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8593
 
8594
  htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) data;
8595
  if (h->needs_lazy_stub)
8596
    {
8597
      h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->sstubs;
8598
      h->root.root.u.def.value = htab->sstubs->size;
8599
      h->root.plt.offset = htab->sstubs->size;
8600
      htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
8601
    }
8602
  return TRUE;
8603
}
8604
 
8605
/* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
8606
   Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section.  */
8607
 
8608
static void
8609
mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
8610
{
8611
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8612
 
8613
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8614
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8615
 
8616
  if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
8617
    return;
8618
 
8619
  htab->sstubs->size = 0;
8620
  mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub, htab);
8621
  htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
8622
  BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size
8623
              == htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size);
8624
}
8625
 
8626
/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
8627
 
8628
bfd_boolean
8629
_bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
8630
                                     struct bfd_link_info *info)
8631
{
8632
  bfd *dynobj;
8633
  asection *s, *sreldyn;
8634
  bfd_boolean reltext;
8635
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8636
 
8637
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8638
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8639
  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8640
  BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
8641
 
8642
  if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8643
    {
8644
      /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
8645
      if (info->executable)
8646
        {
8647
          s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
8648
          BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
8649
          s->size
8650
            = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
8651
          s->contents
8652
            = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
8653
        }
8654
 
8655
      /* Create a symbol for the PLT, if we know that we are using it.  */
8656
      if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0 && htab->root.hplt == NULL)
8657
        {
8658
          struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8659
 
8660
          BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
8661
 
8662
          h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->splt,
8663
                                           "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
8664
          htab->root.hplt = h;
8665
          if (h == NULL)
8666
            return FALSE;
8667
          h->type = STT_FUNC;
8668
        }
8669
    }
8670
 
8671
  /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs.  */
8672
  elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, (PTR) info);
8673
 
8674
  mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd, info);
8675
 
8676
  if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd, info))
8677
    return FALSE;
8678
 
8679
  mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info);
8680
 
8681
  /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
8682
     determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.  Allocate
8683
     memory for them.  */
8684
  reltext = FALSE;
8685
  for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
8686
    {
8687
      const char *name;
8688
 
8689
      /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
8690
         of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files.  */
8691
      name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
8692
 
8693
      if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
8694
        continue;
8695
 
8696
      if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rel"))
8697
        {
8698
          if (s->size != 0)
8699
            {
8700
              const char *outname;
8701
              asection *target;
8702
 
8703
              /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
8704
                 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
8705
                 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
8706
                 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
8707
                 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
8708
                 not.  */
8709
              outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
8710
                                              s->output_section);
8711
              target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
8712
              if ((target != NULL
8713
                   && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
8714
                   && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
8715
                  || strcmp (outname, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0)
8716
                reltext = TRUE;
8717
 
8718
              /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
8719
                 to copy relocs into the output file.  */
8720
              if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) != 0)
8721
                s->reloc_count = 0;
8722
 
8723
              /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
8724
                 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
8725
                 and before we're done creating relocations.  Also, it
8726
                 will move them around between input sections'
8727
                 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
8728
                 broken, so don't let it run.  */
8729
              info->combreloc = 0;
8730
            }
8731
        }
8732
      else if (! info->shared
8733
               && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
8734
               && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rld_map"))
8735
        {
8736
          /* We add a room for __rld_map.  It will be filled in by the
8737
             rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure.  */
8738
          s->size += 4;
8739
        }
8740
      else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
8741
               && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".compact_rel"))
8742
        s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
8743
      else if (s == htab->splt)
8744
        {
8745
          /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
8746
             room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot.  This is
8747
             for CPUs without load interlocking.  */
8748
          if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd)
8749
              && ! htab->is_vxworks && s->size > 0)
8750
            s->size += 4;
8751
        }
8752
      else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".init")
8753
               && s != htab->sgot
8754
               && s != htab->sgotplt
8755
               && s != htab->sstubs
8756
               && s != htab->sdynbss)
8757
        {
8758
          /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
8759
          continue;
8760
        }
8761
 
8762
      if (s->size == 0)
8763
        {
8764
          s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
8765
          continue;
8766
        }
8767
 
8768
      if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
8769
        continue;
8770
 
8771
      /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  */
8772
      s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
8773
      if (s->contents == NULL)
8774
        {
8775
          bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
8776
          return FALSE;
8777
        }
8778
    }
8779
 
8780
  if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8781
    {
8782
      /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
8783
         values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
8784
         must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
8785
         the .dynamic section.  */
8786
 
8787
      /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
8788
         DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry.  This must come first because glibc
8789
         only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and GDB only
8790
         looks at the first one it sees.  */
8791
      if (!info->shared
8792
          && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
8793
        return FALSE;
8794
 
8795
      /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
8796
         used by the debugger.  */
8797
      if (info->executable
8798
          && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
8799
          && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
8800
        return FALSE;
8801
 
8802
      if (reltext && (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) || htab->is_vxworks))
8803
        info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8804
 
8805
      if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
8806
        {
8807
          if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
8808
            return FALSE;
8809
 
8810
          /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag.  It will be set again if we
8811
             write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
8812
             at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
8813
             absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative.  */
8814
          info->flags &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
8815
        }
8816
 
8817
      if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
8818
        return FALSE;
8819
 
8820
      sreldyn = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
8821
      if (htab->is_vxworks)
8822
        {
8823
          /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn.  It does not
8824
             use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags.  */
8825
          if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
8826
            {
8827
              if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELA, 0))
8828
                return FALSE;
8829
 
8830
              if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELASZ, 0))
8831
                return FALSE;
8832
 
8833
              if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELAENT, 0))
8834
                return FALSE;
8835
            }
8836
        }
8837
      else
8838
        {
8839
          if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
8840
            {
8841
              if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
8842
                return FALSE;
8843
 
8844
              if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
8845
                return FALSE;
8846
 
8847
              if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
8848
                return FALSE;
8849
            }
8850
 
8851
          if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
8852
            return FALSE;
8853
 
8854
          if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
8855
            return FALSE;
8856
 
8857
          if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
8858
            return FALSE;
8859
 
8860
          if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
8861
            return FALSE;
8862
 
8863
          if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
8864
            return FALSE;
8865
 
8866
          if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
8867
            return FALSE;
8868
 
8869
          if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
8870
            return FALSE;
8871
 
8872
          if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
8873
              && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
8874
            return FALSE;
8875
 
8876
          if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
8877
              && (bfd_get_section_by_name
8878
                  (dynobj, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
8879
              && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
8880
            return FALSE;
8881
        }
8882
      if (htab->splt->size > 0)
8883
        {
8884
          if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0))
8885
            return FALSE;
8886
 
8887
          if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0))
8888
            return FALSE;
8889
 
8890
          if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0))
8891
            return FALSE;
8892
 
8893
          if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT, 0))
8894
            return FALSE;
8895
        }
8896
      if (htab->is_vxworks
8897
          && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
8898
        return FALSE;
8899
    }
8900
 
8901
  return TRUE;
8902
}
8903
 
8904
/* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
8905
   Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
8906
   LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
8907
   and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes.  */
8908
 
8909
static void
8910
mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
8911
                        bfd *input_bfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
8912
                        asection **local_sections, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
8913
{
8914
  unsigned int r_type, r_symndx;
8915
  Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
8916
  asection *sec;
8917
 
8918
  if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections, FALSE))
8919
    {
8920
      r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
8921
      if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL
8922
          || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL16
8923
          || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
8924
          || r_type == R_MIPS_LITERAL)
8925
        {
8926
          rel->r_addend += _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
8927
          rel->r_addend -= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
8928
        }
8929
 
8930
      r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
8931
      sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
8932
 
8933
      /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging.  */
8934
      if (!info->relocatable)
8935
        {
8936
          sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
8937
          _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
8938
        }
8939
 
8940
      /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c.  */
8941
      if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
8942
        rel->r_addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
8943
    }
8944
}
8945
 
8946
/* Relocate a MIPS ELF section.  */
8947
 
8948
bfd_boolean
8949
_bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
8950
                                bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
8951
                                bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
8952
                                Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
8953
                                asection **local_sections)
8954
{
8955
  Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
8956
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
8957
  bfd_vma addend = 0;
8958
  bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
8959
  const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
8960
 
8961
  bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
8962
  relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
8963
  for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
8964
    {
8965
      const char *name;
8966
      bfd_vma value = 0;
8967
      reloc_howto_type *howto;
8968
      bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p;
8969
      /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
8970
         REL relocation.  */
8971
      bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
8972
      unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
8973
      const char *msg;
8974
      unsigned long r_symndx;
8975
      asection *sec;
8976
      Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
8977
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8978
 
8979
      /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation.  */
8980
      howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type,
8981
                                       NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
8982
                                       && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
8983
                                           (input_bfd, input_section,
8984
                                            rel - relocs)));
8985
 
8986
      r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, rel->r_info);
8987
      symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
8988
      if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections, FALSE))
8989
        {
8990
          sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
8991
          h = NULL;
8992
        }
8993
      else
8994
        {
8995
          unsigned long extsymoff;
8996
 
8997
          extsymoff = 0;
8998
          if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
8999
            extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
9000
          h = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
9001
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
9002
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
9003
            h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
9004
 
9005
          sec = NULL;
9006
          if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
9007
              || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
9008
            sec = h->root.u.def.section;
9009
        }
9010
 
9011
      if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
9012
        {
9013
          /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
9014
             or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
9015
             section contents zeroed.  Avoid any special processing.  */
9016
          _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
9017
          rel->r_info = 0;
9018
          rel->r_addend = 0;
9019
          continue;
9020
        }
9021
 
9022
      if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
9023
        {
9024
          /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64.  In particular, people use
9025
             64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
9026
             lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
9027
             space.  Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
9028
             usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
9029
             stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits.  */
9030
          howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE);
9031
 
9032
          /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
9033
             of the reloc.  */
9034
          if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9035
            rel->r_offset += 4;
9036
        }
9037
 
9038
      if (!use_saved_addend_p)
9039
        {
9040
          /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
9041
             we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
9042
             relocated.  Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
9043
             RELA relocation.  */
9044
          if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
9045
                                         relocs, rel))
9046
            {
9047
              rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
9048
              addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel,
9049
                                                 howto, contents);
9050
              if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
9051
                  || (got16_reloc_p (r_type)
9052
                      && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
9053
                                                      local_sections, FALSE)))
9054
                {
9055
                  if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel, relend,
9056
                                                     contents, &addend))
9057
                    {
9058
                      if (h)
9059
                        name = h->root.root.string;
9060
                      else
9061
                        name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
9062
                                                 local_syms + r_symndx,
9063
                                                 sec);
9064
                      (*_bfd_error_handler)
9065
                        (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
9066
                         input_bfd, input_section, name, howto->name,
9067
                         rel->r_offset);
9068
                    }
9069
                }
9070
              else
9071
                addend <<= howto->rightshift;
9072
            }
9073
          else
9074
            addend = rel->r_addend;
9075
          mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
9076
                                  local_syms, local_sections, rel);
9077
        }
9078
 
9079
      if (info->relocatable)
9080
        {
9081
          if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
9082
              && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9083
            rel->r_offset -= 4;
9084
 
9085
          if (!rela_relocation_p && rel->r_addend)
9086
            {
9087
              addend += rel->r_addend;
9088
              if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type))
9089
                addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
9090
              else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
9091
                addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
9092
              else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
9093
                addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
9094
              else
9095
                addend >>= howto->rightshift;
9096
 
9097
              /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
9098
                 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
9099
                 source of the addend in the final link.  */
9100
              addend &= howto->src_mask;
9101
 
9102
              if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
9103
                /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9104
                   ABI.  Here, we need to update the addend.  It would be
9105
                   possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
9106
                   but for endianness.  */
9107
                {
9108
                  bfd_vma sign_bits;
9109
                  bfd_vma low_bits;
9110
                  bfd_vma high_bits;
9111
 
9112
                  if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
9113
#ifdef BFD64
9114
                    sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
9115
#else
9116
                    sign_bits = -1;
9117
#endif
9118
                  else
9119
                    sign_bits = 0;
9120
 
9121
                  /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9122
                     do two separate stores.  */
9123
                  if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9124
                    {
9125
                      /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9126
                         first.  */
9127
                      low_bits = sign_bits;
9128
                      high_bits = addend;
9129
                    }
9130
                  else
9131
                    {
9132
                      low_bits = addend;
9133
                      high_bits = sign_bits;
9134
                    }
9135
                  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
9136
                              contents + rel->r_offset);
9137
                  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
9138
                              contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
9139
                  continue;
9140
                }
9141
 
9142
              if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
9143
                                                 input_bfd, input_section,
9144
                                                 contents, FALSE))
9145
                return FALSE;
9146
            }
9147
 
9148
          /* Go on to the next relocation.  */
9149
          continue;
9150
        }
9151
 
9152
      /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
9153
         relocations for the same offset.  In that case we are
9154
         supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
9155
         for the next.  */
9156
      if (rel + 1 < relend
9157
          && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
9158
          && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
9159
        use_saved_addend_p = TRUE;
9160
      else
9161
        use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
9162
 
9163
      /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate.  */
9164
      switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
9165
                                             input_section, info, rel,
9166
                                             addend, howto, local_syms,
9167
                                             local_sections, &value,
9168
                                             &name, &cross_mode_jump_p,
9169
                                             use_saved_addend_p))
9170
        {
9171
        case bfd_reloc_continue:
9172
          /* There's nothing to do.  */
9173
          continue;
9174
 
9175
        case bfd_reloc_undefined:
9176
          /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
9177
             undefined_symbol callback.  There's no real point in
9178
             trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
9179
             just skip ahead to the next relocation.  */
9180
          continue;
9181
 
9182
        case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
9183
          msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
9184
          info->callbacks->warning
9185
            (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9186
          return FALSE;
9187
 
9188
        case bfd_reloc_overflow:
9189
          if (use_saved_addend_p)
9190
            /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
9191
               a given location.  */
9192
            ;
9193
          else
9194
            {
9195
              struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9196
 
9197
              htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9198
              BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9199
              BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
9200
              if (!htab->small_data_overflow_reported
9201
                  && (howto->type == R_MIPS_GPREL16
9202
                      || howto->type == R_MIPS_LITERAL))
9203
                {
9204
                  msg = _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
9205
                          " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
9206
 
9207
                  htab->small_data_overflow_reported = TRUE;
9208
                  (*info->callbacks->einfo) ("%P: %s\n", msg);
9209
                }
9210
              if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
9211
                     (info, NULL, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
9212
                      input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
9213
                return FALSE;
9214
            }
9215
          break;
9216
 
9217
        case bfd_reloc_ok:
9218
          break;
9219
 
9220
        default:
9221
          abort ();
9222
          break;
9223
        }
9224
 
9225
      /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
9226
         until we reach the last one.  */
9227
      if (use_saved_addend_p)
9228
        {
9229
          addend = value;
9230
          continue;
9231
        }
9232
 
9233
      if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
9234
        /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9235
           ABI.  Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
9236
           that calculated the right value.  Now, however, we
9237
           sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
9238
           64-bit value.  We are especially generous here in that we
9239
           go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
9240
           only a 32-bit VMA.  */
9241
        {
9242
          bfd_vma sign_bits;
9243
          bfd_vma low_bits;
9244
          bfd_vma high_bits;
9245
 
9246
          if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
9247
#ifdef BFD64
9248
            sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
9249
#else
9250
            sign_bits = -1;
9251
#endif
9252
          else
9253
            sign_bits = 0;
9254
 
9255
          /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9256
             do two separate stores.  */
9257
          if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9258
            {
9259
              /* Undo what we did above.  */
9260
              rel->r_offset -= 4;
9261
              /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9262
                 first.  */
9263
              low_bits = sign_bits;
9264
              high_bits = value;
9265
            }
9266
          else
9267
            {
9268
              low_bits = value;
9269
              high_bits = sign_bits;
9270
            }
9271
          bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
9272
                      contents + rel->r_offset);
9273
          bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
9274
                      contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
9275
          continue;
9276
        }
9277
 
9278
      /* Actually perform the relocation.  */
9279
      if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
9280
                                         input_bfd, input_section,
9281
                                         contents, cross_mode_jump_p))
9282
        return FALSE;
9283
    }
9284
 
9285
  return TRUE;
9286
}
9287
 
9288
/* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
9289
   in the code for each one.  DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info.  */
9290
 
9291
static int
9292
mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot, void *data)
9293
{
9294
  struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
9295
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9296
  struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub;
9297
  asection *s;
9298
  bfd_byte *loc;
9299
  bfd_vma offset, target, target_high, target_low;
9300
 
9301
  stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
9302
  hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
9303
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (hti->info);
9304
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9305
 
9306
  /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already.  */
9307
  s = stub->stub_section;
9308
  loc = s->contents;
9309
  if (loc == NULL)
9310
    {
9311
      loc = bfd_malloc (s->size);
9312
      if (loc == NULL)
9313
        {
9314
          hti->error = TRUE;
9315
          return FALSE;
9316
        }
9317
      s->contents = loc;
9318
    }
9319
 
9320
  /* Work out where in the section this stub should go.  */
9321
  offset = stub->offset;
9322
 
9323
  /* Work out the target address.  */
9324
  target = (stub->h->root.root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
9325
            + stub->h->root.root.u.def.section->output_offset
9326
            + stub->h->root.root.u.def.value);
9327
  target_high = ((target + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9328
  target_low = (target & 0xffff);
9329
 
9330
  if (stub->stub_section != htab->strampoline)
9331
    {
9332
      /* This is a simple LUI/ADIDU stub.  Zero out the beginning
9333
         of the section and write the two instructions at the end.  */
9334
      memset (loc, 0, offset);
9335
      loc += offset;
9336
      bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
9337
      bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 4);
9338
    }
9339
  else
9340
    {
9341
      /* This is trampoline.  */
9342
      loc += offset;
9343
      bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
9344
      bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J (target), loc + 4);
9345
      bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 8);
9346
      bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
9347
    }
9348
  return TRUE;
9349
}
9350
 
9351
/* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
9352
   adjust it appropriately now.  */
9353
 
9354
static void
9355
mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9356
                                      const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9357
{
9358
  /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
9359
     these, but we must place them into the right sections.  */
9360
  static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
9361
    "_ftext",
9362
    "_etext",
9363
    "__dso_displacement",
9364
    "__elf_header",
9365
    "__program_header_table",
9366
    NULL
9367
  };
9368
 
9369
  static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
9370
    "_fdata",
9371
    "_edata",
9372
    "_end",
9373
    "_fbss",
9374
    NULL
9375
  };
9376
 
9377
  const char* const *p;
9378
  int i;
9379
 
9380
  for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
9381
    for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
9382
         *p;
9383
         ++p)
9384
      if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
9385
        {
9386
          /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
9387
             IRIX6 linker.  */
9388
          sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
9389
          sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
9390
 
9391
          /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections.  */
9392
          if (i == 0)
9393
            sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
9394
          else
9395
            sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
9396
 
9397
          break;
9398
        }
9399
}
9400
 
9401
/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
9402
   dynamic sections here.  */
9403
 
9404
bfd_boolean
9405
_bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
9406
                                     struct bfd_link_info *info,
9407
                                     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
9408
                                     Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9409
{
9410
  bfd *dynobj;
9411
  asection *sgot;
9412
  struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
9413
  const char *name;
9414
  int idx;
9415
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9416
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
9417
 
9418
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9419
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9420
  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9421
  hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
9422
 
9423
  BFD_ASSERT (!htab->is_vxworks);
9424
 
9425
  if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE && hmips->no_fn_stub)
9426
    {
9427
      /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol.  */
9428
      bfd_byte *loc;
9429
      bfd_vma header_address, plt_index, got_address;
9430
      bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low, load;
9431
      const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9432
 
9433
      BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
9434
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9435
      BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
9436
      BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size);
9437
      BFD_ASSERT (!h->def_regular);
9438
 
9439
      /* Calculate the address of the PLT header.  */
9440
      header_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
9441
                        + htab->splt->output_offset);
9442
 
9443
      /* Calculate the index of the entry.  */
9444
      plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
9445
                   / htab->plt_entry_size);
9446
 
9447
      /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry.  */
9448
      got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
9449
                     + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
9450
                     + (2 + plt_index) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9451
      got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9452
      got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
9453
 
9454
      /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header.  */
9455
      loc = (htab->sgotplt->contents
9456
             + (2 + plt_index) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9457
      if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
9458
        bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
9459
      else
9460
        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
9461
 
9462
      /* Find out where the .plt entry should go.  */
9463
      loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
9464
 
9465
      /* Pick the load opcode.  */
9466
      load = MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd);
9467
 
9468
      /* Fill in the PLT entry itself.  */
9469
      plt_entry = mips_exec_plt_entry;
9470
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_address_high, loc);
9471
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_address_low | load, loc + 4);
9472
 
9473
      if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd))
9474
        {
9475
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 8);
9476
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
9477
        }
9478
      else
9479
        {
9480
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 8);
9481
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
9482
        }
9483
 
9484
      /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry.  */
9485
      mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, htab->srelplt,
9486
                                          plt_index, h->dynindx,
9487
                                          R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT, got_address);
9488
 
9489
      /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
9490
         giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT.  Set the
9491
         flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
9492
         binary where pointer equality matters.  */
9493
      sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
9494
      if (h->pointer_equality_needed)
9495
        sym->st_other = STO_MIPS_PLT;
9496
      else
9497
        sym->st_value = 0;
9498
    }
9499
  else if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
9500
    {
9501
      /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub.  */
9502
      bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE];
9503
 
9504
      /* This symbol has a stub.  Set it up.  */
9505
 
9506
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9507
 
9508
      BFD_ASSERT ((htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
9509
                  || (h->dynindx <= 0xffff));
9510
 
9511
      /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed.  Larger values would cause
9512
         sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
9513
         index value.  */
9514
      if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fffffff)
9515
        return FALSE;
9516
 
9517
      /* Fill the stub.  */
9518
      idx = 0;
9519
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub + idx);
9520
      idx += 4;
9521
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + idx);
9522
      idx += 4;
9523
      if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
9524
        {
9525
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LUI ((h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff),
9526
                      stub + idx);
9527
          idx += 4;
9528
        }
9529
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + idx);
9530
      idx += 4;
9531
 
9532
      /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
9533
         problem, then use legacy code in the stub.  */
9534
      if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
9535
        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_ORI (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
9536
      else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff)
9537
        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16U (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
9538
      else
9539
        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd, h->dynindx),
9540
                    stub + idx);
9541
 
9542
      BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->sstubs->size);
9543
      memcpy (htab->sstubs->contents + h->plt.offset,
9544
              stub, htab->function_stub_size);
9545
 
9546
      /* Mark the symbol as undefined.  plt.offset != -1 occurs
9547
         only for the referenced symbol.  */
9548
      sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
9549
 
9550
      /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
9551
         to reset the global offset table entry for this external
9552
         to its stub address when unlinking a shared object.  */
9553
      sym->st_value = (htab->sstubs->output_section->vma
9554
                       + htab->sstubs->output_offset
9555
                       + h->plt.offset);
9556
    }
9557
 
9558
  /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
9559
     refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
9560
     conventions.  */
9561
  if (h->dynindx != -1 && hmips->fn_stub != NULL)
9562
    {
9563
      BFD_ASSERT (hmips->need_fn_stub);
9564
      sym->st_value = (hmips->fn_stub->output_section->vma
9565
                       + hmips->fn_stub->output_offset);
9566
      sym->st_size = hmips->fn_stub->size;
9567
      sym->st_other = ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym->st_other);
9568
    }
9569
 
9570
  BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
9571
              || h->forced_local);
9572
 
9573
  sgot = htab->sgot;
9574
  g = htab->got_info;
9575
  BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
9576
 
9577
  /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
9578
     the symbols that need them.  */
9579
  if (g->global_gotsym != NULL
9580
      && h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
9581
    {
9582
      bfd_vma offset;
9583
      bfd_vma value;
9584
 
9585
      value = sym->st_value;
9586
      offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h,
9587
                                          R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
9588
      MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
9589
    }
9590
 
9591
  if (g->next && h->dynindx != -1 && h->type != STT_TLS)
9592
    {
9593
      struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
9594
      bfd_vma entry;
9595
      bfd_vma offset;
9596
 
9597
      gg = g;
9598
 
9599
      e.abfd = output_bfd;
9600
      e.symndx = -1;
9601
      e.d.h = hmips;
9602
      e.tls_type = 0;
9603
 
9604
      for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
9605
        {
9606
          if (g->got_entries
9607
              && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries,
9608
                                                           &e)))
9609
            {
9610
              offset = p->gotidx;
9611
              if (info->shared
9612
                  || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
9613
                      && p->d.h != NULL
9614
                      && p->d.h->root.def_dynamic
9615
                      && !p->d.h->root.def_regular))
9616
                {
9617
                  /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry.  Due to
9618
                     the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
9619
                     up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
9620
                     mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
9621
                     appropriate addend.  */
9622
                  Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
9623
 
9624
                  memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
9625
                  if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
9626
                    rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64);
9627
                  else
9628
                    rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32);
9629
                  rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
9630
 
9631
                  entry = 0;
9632
                  if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
9633
                         (output_bfd, info, rel,
9634
                          e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot)))
9635
                    return FALSE;
9636
                }
9637
              else
9638
                entry = sym->st_value;
9639
              MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset);
9640
            }
9641
        }
9642
    }
9643
 
9644
  /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  */
9645
  name = h->root.root.string;
9646
  if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
9647
      || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot)
9648
    sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
9649
  else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
9650
           || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
9651
    {
9652
      sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
9653
      sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
9654
      sym->st_value = 1;
9655
    }
9656
  else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
9657
    {
9658
      sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
9659
      sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
9660
      sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
9661
    }
9662
  else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
9663
    {
9664
      if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
9665
          || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
9666
        {
9667
          sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
9668
          sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
9669
          sym->st_value = 0;
9670
          sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
9671
        }
9672
      else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
9673
        {
9674
          sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
9675
          sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
9676
          sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
9677
          sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
9678
        }
9679
      else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
9680
        {
9681
          if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
9682
            sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
9683
          else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
9684
            sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
9685
        }
9686
    }
9687
 
9688
  /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed.  */
9689
  if (h->needs_copy)
9690
    {
9691
      asection *s;
9692
      bfd_vma symval;
9693
 
9694
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9695
      BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
9696
 
9697
      s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
9698
      symval = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
9699
                + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
9700
                + h->root.u.def.value);
9701
      mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, s, s->reloc_count++,
9702
                                          h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY, symval);
9703
    }
9704
 
9705
  /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols.  */
9706
  if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
9707
    mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
9708
 
9709
  if (! info->shared)
9710
    {
9711
      if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
9712
          && (strcmp (name, "__rld_map") == 0
9713
              || strcmp (name, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
9714
        {
9715
          asection *s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map");
9716
          BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
9717
          sym->st_value = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9718
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, s->contents);
9719
          if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value == 0)
9720
            mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
9721
        }
9722
      else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
9723
               && strcmp (name, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
9724
        {
9725
          /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section.  */
9726
          if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5
9727
              || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_none)
9728
            BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map")
9729
                        != NULL);
9730
          mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
9731
        }
9732
    }
9733
 
9734
  /* Keep dynamic MIPS16 symbols odd.  This allows the dynamic linker to
9735
     treat MIPS16 symbols like any other.  */
9736
  if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
9737
    {
9738
      BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1);
9739
      sym->st_other -= STO_MIPS16;
9740
    }
9741
 
9742
  return TRUE;
9743
}
9744
 
9745
/* Likewise, for VxWorks.  */
9746
 
9747
bfd_boolean
9748
_bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
9749
                                         struct bfd_link_info *info,
9750
                                         struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
9751
                                         Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9752
{
9753
  bfd *dynobj;
9754
  asection *sgot;
9755
  struct mips_got_info *g;
9756
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9757
 
9758
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9759
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9760
  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9761
 
9762
  if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9763
    {
9764
      bfd_byte *loc;
9765
      bfd_vma plt_address, plt_index, got_address, got_offset, branch_offset;
9766
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
9767
      static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9768
 
9769
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9770
      BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
9771
      BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size);
9772
 
9773
      /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry.  */
9774
      plt_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
9775
                     + htab->splt->output_offset
9776
                     + h->plt.offset);
9777
 
9778
      /* Calculate the index of the entry.  */
9779
      plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
9780
                   / htab->plt_entry_size);
9781
 
9782
      /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry.  */
9783
      got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
9784
                     + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
9785
                     + plt_index * 4);
9786
 
9787
      /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
9788
         _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
9789
      got_offset = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, h);
9790
 
9791
      /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
9792
         entry.  The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt.  */
9793
      branch_offset = -(h->plt.offset / 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
9794
 
9795
      /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry.  */
9796
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_address,
9797
                  htab->sgotplt->contents + plt_index * 4);
9798
 
9799
      /* Find out where the .plt entry should go.  */
9800
      loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
9801
 
9802
      if (info->shared)
9803
        {
9804
          plt_entry = mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry;
9805
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
9806
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4);
9807
        }
9808
      else
9809
        {
9810
          bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low;
9811
 
9812
          plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry;
9813
          got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9814
          got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
9815
 
9816
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
9817
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4);
9818
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_high, loc + 8);
9819
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
9820
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
9821
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
9822
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
9823
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
9824
 
9825
          loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
9826
                 + (plt_index * 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9827
 
9828
          /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry.  */
9829
          rel.r_offset = got_address;
9830
          rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
9831
          rel.r_addend = h->plt.offset;
9832
          bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
9833
 
9834
          /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>).  */
9835
          loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9836
          rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8;
9837
          rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
9838
          rel.r_addend = got_offset;
9839
          bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
9840
 
9841
          /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>).  */
9842
          loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9843
          rel.r_offset += 4;
9844
          rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
9845
          bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
9846
        }
9847
 
9848
      /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry.  */
9849
      loc = htab->srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9850
      rel.r_offset = got_address;
9851
      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT);
9852
      rel.r_addend = 0;
9853
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
9854
 
9855
      if (!h->def_regular)
9856
        sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
9857
    }
9858
 
9859
  BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 || h->forced_local);
9860
 
9861
  sgot = htab->sgot;
9862
  g = htab->got_info;
9863
  BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
9864
 
9865
  /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT.  */
9866
  if (g->global_gotsym != NULL
9867
      && h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
9868
    {
9869
      bfd_vma offset;
9870
      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
9871
      bfd_byte *loc;
9872
      asection *s;
9873
 
9874
      /* Install the symbol value in the GOT.   */
9875
      offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h,
9876
                                          R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
9877
      MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, sym->st_value, sgot->contents + offset);
9878
 
9879
      /* Add a dynamic relocation for it.  */
9880
      s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
9881
      loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9882
      outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
9883
                         + sgot->output_offset
9884
                         + offset);
9885
      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_32);
9886
      outrel.r_addend = 0;
9887
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj, &outrel, loc);
9888
    }
9889
 
9890
  /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed.  */
9891
  if (h->needs_copy)
9892
    {
9893
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
9894
 
9895
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9896
 
9897
      rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
9898
                      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
9899
                      + h->root.u.def.value);
9900
      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY);
9901
      rel.r_addend = 0;
9902
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel,
9903
                                 htab->srelbss->contents
9904
                                 + (htab->srelbss->reloc_count
9905
                                    * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
9906
      ++htab->srelbss->reloc_count;
9907
    }
9908
 
9909
  /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even.  */
9910
  if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
9911
    sym->st_value &= ~1;
9912
 
9913
  return TRUE;
9914
}
9915
 
9916
/* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt.  */
9917
 
9918
static void
9919
mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
9920
{
9921
  bfd_byte *loc;
9922
  bfd_vma gotplt_value, gotplt_value_high, gotplt_value_low;
9923
  static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9924
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9925
 
9926
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9927
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9928
 
9929
  if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
9930
    plt_entry = mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry;
9931
  else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd))
9932
    plt_entry = mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry;
9933
  else
9934
    plt_entry = mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
9935
 
9936
  /* Calculate the value of .got.plt.  */
9937
  gotplt_value = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
9938
                  + htab->sgotplt->output_offset);
9939
  gotplt_value_high = ((gotplt_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9940
  gotplt_value_low = gotplt_value & 0xffff;
9941
 
9942
  /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
9943
     not be loaded in two instructions.  */
9944
  BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value & ~(bfd_vma) 0x7fffffff) == 0
9945
              || ~(gotplt_value | 0x7fffffff) == 0);
9946
 
9947
  /* Install the PLT header.  */
9948
  loc = htab->splt->contents;
9949
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | gotplt_value_high, loc);
9950
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 4);
9951
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 8);
9952
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
9953
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
9954
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
9955
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
9956
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
9957
}
9958
 
9959
/* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
9960
   contents of .rela.plt.unloaded.  */
9961
 
9962
static void
9963
mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
9964
{
9965
  Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9966
  bfd_byte *loc;
9967
  bfd_vma got_value, got_value_high, got_value_low, plt_address;
9968
  static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9969
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9970
 
9971
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9972
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9973
 
9974
  plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry;
9975
 
9976
  /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
9977
  got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
9978
               + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
9979
               + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
9980
 
9981
  got_value_high = ((got_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9982
  got_value_low = got_value & 0xffff;
9983
 
9984
  /* Calculate the address of the PLT header.  */
9985
  plt_address = htab->splt->output_section->vma + htab->splt->output_offset;
9986
 
9987
  /* Install the PLT header.  */
9988
  loc = htab->splt->contents;
9989
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_value_high, loc);
9990
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_value_low, loc + 4);
9991
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 8);
9992
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
9993
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
9994
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
9995
 
9996
  /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_).  */
9997
  loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
9998
  rela.r_offset = plt_address;
9999
  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
10000
  rela.r_addend = 0;
10001
  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10002
  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10003
 
10004
  /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
10005
     %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_).  */
10006
  rela.r_offset += 4;
10007
  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
10008
  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10009
  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10010
 
10011
  /* Fix up the remaining relocations.  They may have the wrong
10012
     symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10013
     in which symbols were output.  */
10014
  while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
10015
    {
10016
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10017
 
10018
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10019
      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
10020
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10021
      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10022
 
10023
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10024
      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
10025
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10026
      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10027
 
10028
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10029
      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
10030
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10031
      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10032
    }
10033
}
10034
 
10035
/* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library.  */
10036
 
10037
static void
10038
mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
10039
{
10040
  unsigned int i;
10041
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10042
 
10043
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10044
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10045
 
10046
  /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte.  */
10047
  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); i++)
10048
    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[i],
10049
                htab->splt->contents + i * 4);
10050
}
10051
 
10052
/* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
10053
 
10054
bfd_boolean
10055
_bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
10056
                                       struct bfd_link_info *info)
10057
{
10058
  bfd *dynobj;
10059
  asection *sdyn;
10060
  asection *sgot;
10061
  struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
10062
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10063
 
10064
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10065
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10066
 
10067
  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10068
 
10069
  sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
10070
 
10071
  sgot = htab->sgot;
10072
  gg = htab->got_info;
10073
 
10074
  if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
10075
    {
10076
      bfd_byte *b;
10077
      int dyn_to_skip = 0, dyn_skipped = 0;
10078
 
10079
      BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
10080
      BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
10081
 
10082
      g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd);
10083
      BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
10084
 
10085
      for (b = sdyn->contents;
10086
           b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
10087
           b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
10088
        {
10089
          Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
10090
          const char *name;
10091
          size_t elemsize;
10092
          asection *s;
10093
          bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
10094
 
10095
          /* Read in the current dynamic entry.  */
10096
          (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
10097
 
10098
          /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out.  */
10099
          swap_out_p = TRUE;
10100
 
10101
          switch (dyn.d_tag)
10102
            {
10103
            case DT_RELENT:
10104
              dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
10105
              break;
10106
 
10107
            case DT_RELAENT:
10108
              BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
10109
              dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj);
10110
              break;
10111
 
10112
            case DT_STRSZ:
10113
              /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ.  */
10114
              dyn.d_un.d_val =
10115
                _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
10116
              break;
10117
 
10118
            case DT_PLTGOT:
10119
              s = htab->sgot;
10120
              dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10121
              break;
10122
 
10123
            case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
10124
              s = htab->sgotplt;
10125
              dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10126
              break;
10127
 
10128
            case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
10129
              dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
10130
              break;
10131
 
10132
            case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
10133
              dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
10134
              break;
10135
 
10136
            case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
10137
              {
10138
                time_t t;
10139
                time (&t);
10140
                dyn.d_un.d_val = t;
10141
              }
10142
              break;
10143
 
10144
            case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
10145
              /* XXX FIXME: */
10146
              swap_out_p = FALSE;
10147
              break;
10148
 
10149
            case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
10150
              /* XXX FIXME: */
10151
              swap_out_p = FALSE;
10152
              break;
10153
 
10154
            case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
10155
              s = output_bfd->sections;
10156
              BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
10157
              dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
10158
              break;
10159
 
10160
            case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
10161
              dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
10162
              break;
10163
 
10164
            case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
10165
              /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
10166
                 entry of the first external symbol that is not
10167
                 referenced within the same object.  */
10168
              dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
10169
              break;
10170
 
10171
            case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
10172
              if (gg->global_gotsym)
10173
                {
10174
                  dyn.d_un.d_val = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
10175
                  break;
10176
                }
10177
              /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
10178
                 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
10179
                 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through.  */
10180
 
10181
            case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
10182
              name = ".dynsym";
10183
              elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
10184
              s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
10185
              BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
10186
 
10187
              dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size / elemsize;
10188
              break;
10189
 
10190
            case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
10191
              dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
10192
              break;
10193
 
10194
            case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
10195
              dyn.d_un.d_ptr = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value;
10196
              break;
10197
 
10198
            case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
10199
              s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
10200
                   (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
10201
              dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
10202
              break;
10203
 
10204
            case DT_RELASZ:
10205
              BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
10206
              /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations.  */
10207
              if (htab->srelplt)
10208
                dyn.d_un.d_val -= htab->srelplt->size;
10209
              break;
10210
 
10211
            case DT_PLTREL:
10212
              BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10213
              if (htab->is_vxworks)
10214
                dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA;
10215
              else
10216
                dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_REL;
10217
              break;
10218
 
10219
            case DT_PLTRELSZ:
10220
              BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10221
              dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->srelplt->size;
10222
              break;
10223
 
10224
            case DT_JMPREL:
10225
              BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10226
              dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (htab->srelplt->output_section->vma
10227
                                + htab->srelplt->output_offset);
10228
              break;
10229
 
10230
            case DT_TEXTREL:
10231
              /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
10232
                 the dynamic tag.  */
10233
              if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
10234
                {
10235
                  dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
10236
                  swap_out_p = FALSE;
10237
                }
10238
              break;
10239
 
10240
            case DT_FLAGS:
10241
              /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
10242
                 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS.  */
10243
              if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
10244
                dyn.d_un.d_val &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
10245
              else
10246
                swap_out_p = FALSE;
10247
              break;
10248
 
10249
            default:
10250
              swap_out_p = FALSE;
10251
              if (htab->is_vxworks
10252
                  && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
10253
                swap_out_p = TRUE;
10254
              break;
10255
            }
10256
 
10257
          if (swap_out_p || dyn_skipped)
10258
            (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
10259
              (dynobj, &dyn, b - dyn_skipped);
10260
 
10261
          if (dyn_to_skip)
10262
            {
10263
              dyn_skipped += dyn_to_skip;
10264
              dyn_to_skip = 0;
10265
            }
10266
        }
10267
 
10268
      /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag.  */
10269
      if (dyn_skipped > 0)
10270
        memset (b - dyn_skipped, 0, dyn_skipped);
10271
    }
10272
 
10273
  if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size > 0
10274
      && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot->output_section))
10275
    {
10276
      if (htab->is_vxworks)
10277
        {
10278
          /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
10279
             ".dynamic" section.  The second is initialized by the
10280
             loader and contains the shared library identifier.
10281
             The third is also initialized by the loader and points
10282
             to the lazy resolution stub.  */
10283
          MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd,
10284
                             sdyn->output_offset + sdyn->output_section->vma,
10285
                             sgot->contents);
10286
          MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
10287
                             sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10288
          MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
10289
                             sgot->contents
10290
                             + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10291
        }
10292
      else
10293
        {
10294
          /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
10295
             runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
10296
             This isn't the case of IRIX rld.  */
10297
          MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
10298
          MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
10299
                             sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10300
        }
10301
 
10302
      elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
10303
         = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
10304
    }
10305
 
10306
  /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots.  */
10307
  if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
10308
    {
10309
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
10310
      bfd_vma addend = 0;
10311
 
10312
      memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
10313
      rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
10314
 
10315
      for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
10316
        {
10317
          bfd_vma got_index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno
10318
            + g->next->tls_gotno;
10319
 
10320
          MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
10321
                             + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10322
          MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
10323
                             sgot->contents
10324
                             + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10325
 
10326
          if (! info->shared)
10327
            continue;
10328
 
10329
          while (got_index < g->assigned_gotno)
10330
            {
10331
              rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
10332
                = got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
10333
              if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10334
                    (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
10335
                     bfd_abs_section_ptr,
10336
                     0, &addend, sgot)))
10337
                return FALSE;
10338
              BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
10339
            }
10340
        }
10341
    }
10342
 
10343
  /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
10344
     adds more dynamic relocations.  We cannot count them until
10345
     here.  */
10346
 
10347
  if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
10348
    {
10349
      bfd_byte *b;
10350
      bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
10351
 
10352
      BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
10353
 
10354
      for (b = sdyn->contents;
10355
           b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
10356
           b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
10357
        {
10358
          Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
10359
          asection *s;
10360
 
10361
          /* Read in the current dynamic entry.  */
10362
          (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
10363
 
10364
          /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out.  */
10365
          swap_out_p = TRUE;
10366
 
10367
          switch (dyn.d_tag)
10368
            {
10369
            case DT_RELSZ:
10370
              /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
10371
                 decided not to make.  This is for the n64 irix rld,
10372
                 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
10373
                 are trailing null entries.  */
10374
              s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10375
              dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count
10376
                                * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
10377
                                   ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)
10378
                                   : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
10379
              /* Adjust the section size too.  Tools like the prelinker
10380
                 can reasonably expect the values to the same.  */
10381
              elf_section_data (s->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_size
10382
                = dyn.d_un.d_val;
10383
              break;
10384
 
10385
            default:
10386
              swap_out_p = FALSE;
10387
              break;
10388
            }
10389
 
10390
          if (swap_out_p)
10391
            (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
10392
              (dynobj, &dyn, b);
10393
        }
10394
    }
10395
 
10396
  {
10397
    asection *s;
10398
    Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
10399
 
10400
    if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
10401
      {
10402
        /* Write .compact_rel section out.  */
10403
        s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
10404
        if (s != NULL)
10405
          {
10406
            cpt.id1 = 1;
10407
            cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
10408
            cpt.id2 = 2;
10409
            cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
10410
                          + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
10411
            cpt.reserved0 = 0;
10412
            cpt.reserved1 = 0;
10413
            bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
10414
                                            ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
10415
                                             s->contents));
10416
 
10417
            /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text.  */
10418
            if (htab->sstubs != NULL)
10419
              {
10420
                file_ptr dummy_offset;
10421
 
10422
                BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size >= htab->function_stub_size);
10423
                dummy_offset = htab->sstubs->size - htab->function_stub_size;
10424
                memset (htab->sstubs->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
10425
                        htab->function_stub_size);
10426
              }
10427
          }
10428
      }
10429
 
10430
    /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
10431
       increasing order of r_symndx.  The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
10432
       this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
10433
       relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful.  */
10434
    if (!htab->is_vxworks)
10435
      {
10436
        s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10437
        if (s != NULL
10438
            && s->size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
10439
          {
10440
            reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
10441
 
10442
            if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10443
              qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
10444
                     s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel),
10445
                     sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
10446
            else
10447
              qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
10448
                     s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel),
10449
                     sort_dynamic_relocs);
10450
          }
10451
      }
10452
  }
10453
 
10454
  if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0)
10455
    {
10456
      if (htab->is_vxworks)
10457
        {
10458
          if (info->shared)
10459
            mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info);
10460
          else
10461
            mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
10462
        }
10463
      else
10464
        {
10465
          BFD_ASSERT (!info->shared);
10466
          mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
10467
        }
10468
    }
10469
  return TRUE;
10470
}
10471
 
10472
 
10473
/* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags.  */
10474
 
10475
static void
10476
mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd)
10477
{
10478
  flagword val;
10479
 
10480
  switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
10481
    {
10482
    default:
10483
    case bfd_mach_mips3000:
10484
      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
10485
      break;
10486
 
10487
    case bfd_mach_mips3900:
10488
      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
10489
      break;
10490
 
10491
    case bfd_mach_mips6000:
10492
      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
10493
      break;
10494
 
10495
    case bfd_mach_mips4000:
10496
    case bfd_mach_mips4300:
10497
    case bfd_mach_mips4400:
10498
    case bfd_mach_mips4600:
10499
      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
10500
      break;
10501
 
10502
    case bfd_mach_mips4010:
10503
      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
10504
      break;
10505
 
10506
    case bfd_mach_mips4100:
10507
      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
10508
      break;
10509
 
10510
    case bfd_mach_mips4111:
10511
      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
10512
      break;
10513
 
10514
    case bfd_mach_mips4120:
10515
      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
10516
      break;
10517
 
10518
    case bfd_mach_mips4650:
10519
      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
10520
      break;
10521
 
10522
    case bfd_mach_mips5400:
10523
      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
10524
      break;
10525
 
10526
    case bfd_mach_mips5500:
10527
      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
10528
      break;
10529
 
10530
    case bfd_mach_mips9000:
10531
      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_9000;
10532
      break;
10533
 
10534
    case bfd_mach_mips5000:
10535
    case bfd_mach_mips7000:
10536
    case bfd_mach_mips8000:
10537
    case bfd_mach_mips10000:
10538
    case bfd_mach_mips12000:
10539
    case bfd_mach_mips14000:
10540
    case bfd_mach_mips16000:
10541
      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
10542
      break;
10543
 
10544
    case bfd_mach_mips5:
10545
      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
10546
      break;
10547
 
10548
    case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e:
10549
      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E;
10550
      break;
10551
 
10552
    case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f:
10553
      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F;
10554
      break;
10555
 
10556
    case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
10557
      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
10558
      break;
10559
 
10560
    case bfd_mach_mips_octeon:
10561
      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON;
10562
      break;
10563
 
10564
    case bfd_mach_mips_xlr:
10565
      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_XLR;
10566
      break;
10567
 
10568
    case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
10569
      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
10570
      break;
10571
 
10572
    case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
10573
      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
10574
      break;
10575
 
10576
    case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2:
10577
      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2;
10578
      break;
10579
 
10580
    case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2:
10581
      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2;
10582
      break;
10583
    }
10584
  elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
10585
  elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
10586
 
10587
}
10588
 
10589
 
10590
/* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
10591
   file.  This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
10592
   number.  This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.  */
10593
 
10594
void
10595
_bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
10596
                                      bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10597
{
10598
  unsigned int i;
10599
  Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
10600
  const char *name;
10601
  asection *sec;
10602
 
10603
  /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
10604
     is nonzero.  This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
10605
     a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH.  */
10606
  if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0)
10607
    mips_set_isa_flags (abfd);
10608
 
10609
  /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
10610
     info for each special section.  */
10611
  for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
10612
       i < elf_numsections (abfd);
10613
       i++, hdrpp++)
10614
    {
10615
      switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
10616
        {
10617
        case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
10618
        case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
10619
          sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
10620
          if (sec != NULL)
10621
            (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
10622
          break;
10623
 
10624
        case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
10625
          BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
10626
          name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
10627
          BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
10628
                      && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."));
10629
          sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
10630
          BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
10631
          (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
10632
          break;
10633
 
10634
        case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
10635
          BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
10636
          name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
10637
          BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
10638
                      && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"));
10639
          sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
10640
                                         name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
10641
          BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
10642
          (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
10643
          break;
10644
 
10645
        case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
10646
          sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
10647
          if (sec != NULL)
10648
            (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
10649
          sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
10650
          if (sec != NULL)
10651
            (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
10652
          break;
10653
 
10654
        case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
10655
          BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
10656
          name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
10657
          BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
10658
          if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events"))
10659
            sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
10660
                                           name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
10661
          else
10662
            {
10663
              BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
10664
              sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
10665
                                             (name
10666
                                              + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
10667
            }
10668
          BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
10669
          (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
10670
          break;
10671
 
10672
        }
10673
    }
10674
}
10675
 
10676
/* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
10677
   segments.  */
10678
 
10679
int
10680
_bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
10681
                                          struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10682
{
10683
  asection *s;
10684
  int ret = 0;
10685
 
10686
  /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment.  */
10687
  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
10688
  if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
10689
    ++ret;
10690
 
10691
  /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment.  */
10692
  if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
10693
      && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
10694
                                  MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
10695
    ++ret;
10696
 
10697
  /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment.  */
10698
  if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
10699
      && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
10700
      && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
10701
    ++ret;
10702
 
10703
  /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects.  See
10704
     _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details.  */
10705
  if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
10706
      && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
10707
    ++ret;
10708
 
10709
  return ret;
10710
}
10711
 
10712
/* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable.  */
10713
 
10714
bfd_boolean
10715
_bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
10716
                                  struct bfd_link_info *info)
10717
{
10718
  asection *s;
10719
  struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
10720
  bfd_size_type amt;
10721
 
10722
  /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
10723
     segment.  */
10724
  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
10725
  if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
10726
    {
10727
      for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
10728
        if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
10729
          break;
10730
      if (m == NULL)
10731
        {
10732
          amt = sizeof *m;
10733
          m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
10734
          if (m == NULL)
10735
            return FALSE;
10736
 
10737
          m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
10738
          m->count = 1;
10739
          m->sections[0] = s;
10740
 
10741
          /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments.  */
10742
          pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
10743
          while (*pm != NULL
10744
                 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
10745
                     || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
10746
            pm = &(*pm)->next;
10747
 
10748
          m->next = *pm;
10749
          *pm = m;
10750
        }
10751
    }
10752
 
10753
  /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
10754
     .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC.  However, we do have to insert a
10755
     PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
10756
     table.  */
10757
  if (NEWABI_P (abfd)
10758
      /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
10759
         for this section, so don't create another.  I'm not sure this
10760
         is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
10761
         now.  */
10762
      && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
10763
    {
10764
      for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
10765
        if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
10766
          break;
10767
 
10768
      if (s)
10769
        {
10770
          struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
10771
 
10772
          pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
10773
          while (*pm != NULL
10774
                 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
10775
                     || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
10776
            pm = &(*pm)->next;
10777
 
10778
          if (*pm == NULL || (*pm)->p_type != PT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
10779
            {
10780
              amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
10781
              options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
10782
              options_segment->next = *pm;
10783
              options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
10784
              options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
10785
              options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
10786
              options_segment->count = 1;
10787
              options_segment->sections[0] = s;
10788
              *pm = options_segment;
10789
            }
10790
        }
10791
    }
10792
  else
10793
    {
10794
      if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
10795
        {
10796
          /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
10797
             for the RTPROC header.  FIXME: Rewrite without section names.  */
10798
          if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
10799
              && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
10800
              && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
10801
            {
10802
              for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
10803
                if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
10804
                  break;
10805
              if (m == NULL)
10806
                {
10807
                  amt = sizeof *m;
10808
                  m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
10809
                  if (m == NULL)
10810
                    return FALSE;
10811
 
10812
                  m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
10813
 
10814
                  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
10815
                  if (s == NULL)
10816
                    {
10817
                      m->count = 0;
10818
                      m->p_flags = 0;
10819
                      m->p_flags_valid = 1;
10820
                    }
10821
                  else
10822
                    {
10823
                      m->count = 1;
10824
                      m->sections[0] = s;
10825
                    }
10826
 
10827
                  /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment.  */
10828
                  pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
10829
                  while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
10830
                    pm = &(*pm)->next;
10831
                  if (*pm != NULL)
10832
                    pm = &(*pm)->next;
10833
 
10834
                  m->next = *pm;
10835
                  *pm = m;
10836
                }
10837
            }
10838
        }
10839
      /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
10840
         .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
10841
         between.  */
10842
      for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL;
10843
           pm = &(*pm)->next)
10844
        if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
10845
          break;
10846
      m = *pm;
10847
      if (m != NULL && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
10848
        {
10849
          /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
10850
             segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
10851
             the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
10852
             sometimes for the dynamic linker.  */
10853
          if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
10854
            {
10855
              m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
10856
              m->p_flags_valid = 1;
10857
            }
10858
        }
10859
      /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
10860
         glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
10861
         tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
10862
         arrays of that size.  An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
10863
         be actively harmful in such cases.  Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
10864
         other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
10865
         which might move one of the other sections to a different
10866
         PT_LOAD segment.  */
10867
      if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
10868
          && m != NULL
10869
          && m->count == 1
10870
          && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
10871
        {
10872
          static const char *sec_names[] =
10873
          {
10874
            ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
10875
          };
10876
          bfd_vma low, high;
10877
          unsigned int i, c;
10878
          struct elf_segment_map *n;
10879
 
10880
          low = ~(bfd_vma) 0;
10881
          high = 0;
10882
          for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
10883
            {
10884
              s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
10885
              if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
10886
                {
10887
                  bfd_size_type sz;
10888
 
10889
                  if (low > s->vma)
10890
                    low = s->vma;
10891
                  sz = s->size;
10892
                  if (high < s->vma + sz)
10893
                    high = s->vma + sz;
10894
                }
10895
            }
10896
 
10897
          c = 0;
10898
          for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
10899
            if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
10900
                && s->vma >= low
10901
                && s->vma + s->size <= high)
10902
              ++c;
10903
 
10904
          amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
10905
          n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
10906
          if (n == NULL)
10907
            return FALSE;
10908
          *n = *m;
10909
          n->count = c;
10910
 
10911
          i = 0;
10912
          for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
10913
            {
10914
              if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
10915
                  && s->vma >= low
10916
                  && s->vma + s->size <= high)
10917
                {
10918
                  n->sections[i] = s;
10919
                  ++i;
10920
                }
10921
            }
10922
 
10923
          *pm = n;
10924
        }
10925
    }
10926
 
10927
  /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
10928
     like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
10929
 
10930
     If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
10931
     standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
10932
     the new (writable) segment.  However, the MIPS ABI requires
10933
     .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
10934
     start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
10935
 
10936
     Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
10937
     writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
10938
     header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
10939
     There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
10940
     so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
10941
     extension.
10942
 
10943
     If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
10944
     with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header.  */
10945
  if (info != NULL
10946
      && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
10947
      && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
10948
    {
10949
      for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL; pm = &(*pm)->next)
10950
        if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_NULL)
10951
          break;
10952
      if (*pm == NULL)
10953
        {
10954
          m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*m));
10955
          if (m == NULL)
10956
            return FALSE;
10957
 
10958
          m->p_type = PT_NULL;
10959
          *pm = m;
10960
        }
10961
    }
10962
 
10963
  return TRUE;
10964
}
10965
 
10966
/* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
10967
   relocation.  */
10968
 
10969
asection *
10970
_bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
10971
                            struct bfd_link_info *info,
10972
                            Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
10973
                            struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
10974
                            Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
10975
{
10976
  /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special?  */
10977
 
10978
  if (h != NULL)
10979
    switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
10980
      {
10981
      case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
10982
      case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
10983
        return NULL;
10984
      }
10985
 
10986
  return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
10987
}
10988
 
10989
/* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed.  */
10990
 
10991
bfd_boolean
10992
_bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10993
                             struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10994
                             asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10995
                             const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10996
{
10997
#if 0
10998
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
10999
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
11000
  bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
11001
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
11002
  unsigned long r_symndx;
11003
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
11004
 
11005
  if (info->relocatable)
11006
    return TRUE;
11007
 
11008
  symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
11009
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
11010
  local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
11011
 
11012
  relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
11013
  for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
11014
    switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
11015
      {
11016
      case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
11017
      case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
11018
      case R_MIPS_GOT16:
11019
      case R_MIPS_CALL16:
11020
      case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
11021
      case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
11022
      case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
11023
      case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
11024
      case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
11025
      case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
11026
      case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
11027
        /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
11028
           of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
11029
           so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time.  */
11030
        break;
11031
 
11032
      default:
11033
        break;
11034
      }
11035
#endif
11036
 
11037
  return TRUE;
11038
}
11039
 
11040
/* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
11041
   hiding the old indirect symbol.  Process additional relocation
11042
   information.  Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
11043
   _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us.  */
11044
 
11045
void
11046
_bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
11047
                                    struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
11048
                                    struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
11049
{
11050
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
11051
 
11052
  _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
11053
 
11054
  dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
11055
  indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
11056
  /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
11057
     definition will be against the target symbol.  */
11058
  if (indmips->has_static_relocs)
11059
    dirmips->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
11060
 
11061
  if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
11062
    return;
11063
 
11064
  dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
11065
  if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
11066
    dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
11067
  if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
11068
    dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
11069
  if (indmips->fn_stub)
11070
    {
11071
      dirmips->fn_stub = indmips->fn_stub;
11072
      indmips->fn_stub = NULL;
11073
    }
11074
  if (indmips->need_fn_stub)
11075
    {
11076
      dirmips->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
11077
      indmips->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
11078
    }
11079
  if (indmips->call_stub)
11080
    {
11081
      dirmips->call_stub = indmips->call_stub;
11082
      indmips->call_stub = NULL;
11083
    }
11084
  if (indmips->call_fp_stub)
11085
    {
11086
      dirmips->call_fp_stub = indmips->call_fp_stub;
11087
      indmips->call_fp_stub = NULL;
11088
    }
11089
  if (indmips->global_got_area < dirmips->global_got_area)
11090
    dirmips->global_got_area = indmips->global_got_area;
11091
  if (indmips->global_got_area < GGA_NONE)
11092
    indmips->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
11093
  if (indmips->has_nonpic_branches)
11094
    dirmips->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
11095
 
11096
  if (dirmips->tls_type == 0)
11097
    dirmips->tls_type = indmips->tls_type;
11098
}
11099
 
11100
#define PDR_SIZE 32
11101
 
11102
bfd_boolean
11103
_bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie,
11104
                            struct bfd_link_info *info)
11105
{
11106
  asection *o;
11107
  bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
11108
  unsigned char *tdata;
11109
  size_t i, skip;
11110
 
11111
  o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
11112
  if (! o)
11113
    return FALSE;
11114
  if (o->size == 0)
11115
    return FALSE;
11116
  if (o->size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
11117
    return FALSE;
11118
  if (o->output_section != NULL
11119
      && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
11120
    return FALSE;
11121
 
11122
  tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->size / PDR_SIZE);
11123
  if (! tdata)
11124
    return FALSE;
11125
 
11126
  cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
11127
                                            info->keep_memory);
11128
  if (!cookie->rels)
11129
    {
11130
      free (tdata);
11131
      return FALSE;
11132
    }
11133
 
11134
  cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
11135
  cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
11136
 
11137
  for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->size / PDR_SIZE; i ++)
11138
    {
11139
      if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
11140
        {
11141
          tdata[i] = 1;
11142
          skip ++;
11143
        }
11144
    }
11145
 
11146
  if (skip != 0)
11147
    {
11148
      mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata;
11149
      o->size -= skip * PDR_SIZE;
11150
      ret = TRUE;
11151
    }
11152
  else
11153
    free (tdata);
11154
 
11155
  if (! info->keep_memory)
11156
    free (cookie->rels);
11157
 
11158
  return ret;
11159
}
11160
 
11161
bfd_boolean
11162
_bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec)
11163
{
11164
  if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
11165
    return TRUE;
11166
  return FALSE;
11167
}
11168
 
11169
bfd_boolean
11170
_bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd,
11171
                             struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11172
                             asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents)
11173
{
11174
  bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
11175
  int i;
11176
 
11177
  if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
11178
    return FALSE;
11179
 
11180
  if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL)
11181
    return FALSE;
11182
 
11183
  to = contents;
11184
  end = contents + sec->size;
11185
  for (from = contents, i = 0;
11186
       from < end;
11187
       from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
11188
    {
11189
      if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1)
11190
        continue;
11191
      if (to != from)
11192
        memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
11193
      to += PDR_SIZE;
11194
    }
11195
  bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
11196
                            sec->output_offset, sec->size);
11197
  return TRUE;
11198
}
11199
 
11200
/* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
11201
   handle the ECOFF debugging information.  */
11202
 
11203
struct mips_elf_find_line
11204
{
11205
  struct ecoff_debug_info d;
11206
  struct ecoff_find_line i;
11207
};
11208
 
11209
bfd_boolean
11210
_bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
11211
                                 asymbol **symbols, bfd_vma offset,
11212
                                 const char **filename_ptr,
11213
                                 const char **functionname_ptr,
11214
                                 unsigned int *line_ptr)
11215
{
11216
  asection *msec;
11217
 
11218
  if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
11219
                                     filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11220
                                     line_ptr))
11221
    return TRUE;
11222
 
11223
  if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
11224
                                     filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11225
                                     line_ptr, ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0,
11226
                                     &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
11227
    return TRUE;
11228
 
11229
  msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
11230
  if (msec != NULL)
11231
    {
11232
      flagword origflags;
11233
      struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
11234
      const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
11235
        get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
11236
 
11237
      /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
11238
         cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field.  We force it back on here
11239
         if appropriate (which it normally will be).  */
11240
      origflags = msec->flags;
11241
      if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
11242
        msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
11243
 
11244
      fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
11245
      if (fi == NULL)
11246
        {
11247
          bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
11248
          char *fraw_src;
11249
          char *fraw_end;
11250
          struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
11251
          bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
11252
 
11253
          fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11254
          if (fi == NULL)
11255
            {
11256
              msec->flags = origflags;
11257
              return FALSE;
11258
            }
11259
 
11260
          if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
11261
            {
11262
              msec->flags = origflags;
11263
              return FALSE;
11264
            }
11265
 
11266
          /* Swap in the FDR information.  */
11267
          amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
11268
          fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
11269
          if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
11270
            {
11271
              msec->flags = origflags;
11272
              return FALSE;
11273
            }
11274
          external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
11275
          fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
11276
          fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
11277
          fraw_end = (fraw_src
11278
                      + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
11279
          for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
11280
            (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
11281
 
11282
          elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
11283
 
11284
          /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
11285
             find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
11286
             objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
11287
             rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
11288
             wasted is unimportant.  Still, it would probably be a
11289
             good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away.  */
11290
        }
11291
 
11292
      if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
11293
                                  &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11294
                                  line_ptr))
11295
        {
11296
          msec->flags = origflags;
11297
          return TRUE;
11298
        }
11299
 
11300
      msec->flags = origflags;
11301
    }
11302
 
11303
  /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine.  */
11304
 
11305
  return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
11306
                                     filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11307
                                     line_ptr);
11308
}
11309
 
11310
bfd_boolean
11311
_bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
11312
                                 const char **filename_ptr,
11313
                                 const char **functionname_ptr,
11314
                                 unsigned int *line_ptr)
11315
{
11316
  bfd_boolean found;
11317
  found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
11318
                                         functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
11319
                                         & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
11320
  return found;
11321
}
11322
 
11323
 
11324
/* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
11325
   remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
11326
   GP value in the section_processing routine.  */
11327
 
11328
bfd_boolean
11329
_bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section,
11330
                                    const void *location,
11331
                                    file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count)
11332
{
11333
  if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section->name))
11334
    {
11335
      bfd_byte *c;
11336
 
11337
      if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
11338
        {
11339
          bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
11340
          section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11341
          if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
11342
            return FALSE;
11343
        }
11344
      c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata;
11345
      if (c == NULL)
11346
        {
11347
          c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, section->size);
11348
          if (c == NULL)
11349
            return FALSE;
11350
          mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c;
11351
        }
11352
 
11353
      memcpy (c + offset, location, count);
11354
    }
11355
 
11356
  return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
11357
                                        count);
11358
}
11359
 
11360
/* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
11361
   MIPS relocations need to be handled specially.  Sigh.  */
11362
 
11363
bfd_byte *
11364
_bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
11365
  (bfd *abfd,
11366
   struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
11367
   struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
11368
   bfd_byte *data,
11369
   bfd_boolean relocatable,
11370
   asymbol **symbols)
11371
{
11372
  /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
11373
  bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
11374
  asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
11375
  bfd_size_type sz;
11376
 
11377
  long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
11378
  arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
11379
  long reloc_count;
11380
 
11381
  if (reloc_size < 0)
11382
    goto error_return;
11383
 
11384
  reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
11385
  if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
11386
    goto error_return;
11387
 
11388
  /* read in the section */
11389
  sz = input_section->rawsize ? input_section->rawsize : input_section->size;
11390
  if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0, sz))
11391
    goto error_return;
11392
 
11393
  reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
11394
                                        input_section,
11395
                                        reloc_vector,
11396
                                        symbols);
11397
  if (reloc_count < 0)
11398
    goto error_return;
11399
 
11400
  if (reloc_count > 0)
11401
    {
11402
      arelent **parent;
11403
      /* for mips */
11404
      int gp_found;
11405
      bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678;  /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
11406
 
11407
      {
11408
        struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
11409
        struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
11410
        /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats.  */
11411
        if (abfd && input_bfd
11412
            && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
11413
          lh = 0;
11414
        else
11415
          {
11416
            h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
11417
            lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
11418
          }
11419
      lookup:
11420
        if (lh)
11421
          {
11422
            switch (lh->type)
11423
              {
11424
              case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
11425
              case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
11426
              case bfd_link_hash_common:
11427
                gp_found = 0;
11428
                break;
11429
              case bfd_link_hash_defined:
11430
              case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
11431
                gp_found = 1;
11432
                gp = lh->u.def.value;
11433
                break;
11434
              case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
11435
              case bfd_link_hash_warning:
11436
                lh = lh->u.i.link;
11437
                /* @@FIXME  ignoring warning for now */
11438
                goto lookup;
11439
              case bfd_link_hash_new:
11440
              default:
11441
                abort ();
11442
              }
11443
          }
11444
        else
11445
          gp_found = 0;
11446
      }
11447
      /* end mips */
11448
      for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++)
11449
        {
11450
          char *error_message = NULL;
11451
          bfd_reloc_status_type r;
11452
 
11453
          /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
11454
             knowing the gp of the output bfd.  */
11455
          asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
11456
 
11457
          /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
11458
             function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
11459
             to the generic handling.  */
11460
          if (gp_found
11461
              && (*parent)->howto->special_function
11462
              == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
11463
            r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
11464
                                               input_section, relocatable,
11465
                                               data, gp);
11466
          else
11467
            r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data,
11468
                                        input_section,
11469
                                        relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
11470
                                        &error_message);
11471
 
11472
          if (relocatable)
11473
            {
11474
              asection *os = input_section->output_section;
11475
 
11476
              /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
11477
              os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
11478
              os->reloc_count++;
11479
            }
11480
 
11481
          if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
11482
            {
11483
              switch (r)
11484
                {
11485
                case bfd_reloc_undefined:
11486
                  if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
11487
                        (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
11488
                         input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address, TRUE)))
11489
                    goto error_return;
11490
                  break;
11491
                case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
11492
                  BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
11493
                  if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
11494
                        (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
11495
                         (*parent)->address)))
11496
                    goto error_return;
11497
                  break;
11498
                case bfd_reloc_overflow:
11499
                  if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
11500
                        (link_info, NULL,
11501
                         bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
11502
                         (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
11503
                         input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
11504
                    goto error_return;
11505
                  break;
11506
                case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
11507
                default:
11508
                  abort ();
11509
                  break;
11510
                }
11511
 
11512
            }
11513
        }
11514
    }
11515
  if (reloc_vector != NULL)
11516
    free (reloc_vector);
11517
  return data;
11518
 
11519
error_return:
11520
  if (reloc_vector != NULL)
11521
    free (reloc_vector);
11522
  return NULL;
11523
}
11524
 
11525
/* Allocate ABFD's target-dependent data.  */
11526
 
11527
bfd_boolean
11528
_bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
11529
{
11530
  return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata),
11531
                                  MIPS_ELF_DATA);
11532
}
11533
 
11534
/* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table.  */
11535
 
11536
struct bfd_link_hash_table *
11537
_bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
11538
{
11539
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
11540
  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
11541
 
11542
  ret = bfd_malloc (amt);
11543
  if (ret == NULL)
11544
    return NULL;
11545
 
11546
  if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
11547
                                      mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
11548
                                      sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry),
11549
                                      MIPS_ELF_DATA))
11550
    {
11551
      free (ret);
11552
      return NULL;
11553
    }
11554
 
11555
#if 0
11556
  /* We no longer use this.  */
11557
  for (i = 0; i < SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES; i++)
11558
    ret->dynsym_sec_strindex[i] = (bfd_size_type) -1;
11559
#endif
11560
  ret->procedure_count = 0;
11561
  ret->compact_rel_size = 0;
11562
  ret->use_rld_obj_head = FALSE;
11563
  ret->rld_value = 0;
11564
  ret->mips16_stubs_seen = FALSE;
11565
  ret->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = FALSE;
11566
  ret->is_vxworks = FALSE;
11567
  ret->small_data_overflow_reported = FALSE;
11568
  ret->srelbss = NULL;
11569
  ret->sdynbss = NULL;
11570
  ret->srelplt = NULL;
11571
  ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
11572
  ret->sgotplt = NULL;
11573
  ret->splt = NULL;
11574
  ret->sstubs = NULL;
11575
  ret->sgot = NULL;
11576
  ret->got_info = NULL;
11577
  ret->plt_header_size = 0;
11578
  ret->plt_entry_size = 0;
11579
  ret->lazy_stub_count = 0;
11580
  ret->function_stub_size = 0;
11581
  ret->strampoline = NULL;
11582
  ret->la25_stubs = NULL;
11583
  ret->add_stub_section = NULL;
11584
 
11585
  return &ret->root.root;
11586
}
11587
 
11588
/* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks.  */
11589
 
11590
struct bfd_link_hash_table *
11591
_bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
11592
{
11593
  struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
11594
 
11595
  ret = _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
11596
  if (ret)
11597
    {
11598
      struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11599
 
11600
      htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ret;
11601
      htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
11602
      htab->is_vxworks = TRUE;
11603
    }
11604
  return ret;
11605
}
11606
 
11607
/* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
11608
   and copy relocs.  */
11609
 
11610
void
11611
_bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
11612
{
11613
  mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
11614
}
11615
 
11616
/* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
11617
   the .mdebug sections.  We need to merge all instances of these
11618
   sections together, not write them all out sequentially.  */
11619
 
11620
bfd_boolean
11621
_bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
11622
{
11623
  asection *o;
11624
  struct bfd_link_order *p;
11625
  asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
11626
  asection *rtproc_sec;
11627
  Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
11628
  struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
11629
  struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
11630
  const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
11631
  const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
11632
  HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
11633
  void *mdebug_handle = NULL;
11634
  asection *s;
11635
  EXTR esym;
11636
  unsigned int i;
11637
  bfd_size_type amt;
11638
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11639
 
11640
  static const char * const secname[] =
11641
  {
11642
    ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
11643
    ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
11644
  };
11645
  static const int sc[] =
11646
  {
11647
    scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
11648
    scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
11649
  };
11650
 
11651
  /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
11652
     those without.  */
11653
  htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11654
  BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11655
 
11656
  if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd, info))
11657
    return FALSE;
11658
 
11659
  /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs.  */
11660
  hti.info = info;
11661
  hti.output_bfd = abfd;
11662
  hti.error = FALSE;
11663
  htab_traverse (htab->la25_stubs, mips_elf_create_la25_stub, &hti);
11664
  if (hti.error)
11665
    return FALSE;
11666
 
11667
  /* Get a value for the GP register.  */
11668
  if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
11669
    {
11670
      struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
11671
 
11672
      h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
11673
      if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
11674
        elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
11675
                         + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
11676
                         + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
11677
      else if (htab->is_vxworks
11678
               && (h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash,
11679
                                             "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
11680
                                             FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
11681
               && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
11682
        elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
11683
                         + h->u.def.section->output_offset
11684
                         + h->u.def.value);
11685
      else if (info->relocatable)
11686
        {
11687
          bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
11688
 
11689
          /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset.  */
11690
          for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
11691
            if (o->vma < lo
11692
                && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
11693
              lo = o->vma;
11694
 
11695
          /* And calculate GP relative to that.  */
11696
          elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info);
11697
        }
11698
      else
11699
        {
11700
          /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
11701
             involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
11702
             callback to warn that GP is not defined.  */
11703
        }
11704
    }
11705
 
11706
  /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
11707
     information.  */
11708
  reginfo_sec = NULL;
11709
  mdebug_sec = NULL;
11710
  gptab_data_sec = NULL;
11711
  gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
11712
  for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
11713
    {
11714
      if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
11715
        {
11716
          memset (&reginfo, 0, sizeof reginfo);
11717
 
11718
          /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
11719
             Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
11720
             the information together.  */
11721
          for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
11722
            {
11723
              asection *input_section;
11724
              bfd *input_bfd;
11725
              Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
11726
              Elf32_RegInfo sub;
11727
 
11728
              if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
11729
                {
11730
                  if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
11731
                    continue;
11732
                  abort ();
11733
                }
11734
 
11735
              input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
11736
              input_bfd = input_section->owner;
11737
 
11738
              if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
11739
                                              &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
11740
                return FALSE;
11741
 
11742
              bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
11743
 
11744
              reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
11745
              reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
11746
              reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
11747
              reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
11748
              reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
11749
 
11750
              /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
11751
                 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
11752
                 finally written out.  */
11753
 
11754
              /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
11755
                 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section.  */
11756
              input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
11757
            }
11758
 
11759
          /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections.  */
11760
          BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
11761
 
11762
          /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
11763
             matters, but someday it might).  */
11764
          o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
11765
 
11766
          reginfo_sec = o;
11767
        }
11768
 
11769
      if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
11770
        {
11771
          struct extsym_info einfo;
11772
          bfd_vma last;
11773
 
11774
          /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
11775
             Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
11776
             the information together.  */
11777
          symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
11778
          /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be?  */
11779
          symhdr->vstamp = 0;
11780
          symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
11781
          symhdr->cbLine = 0;
11782
          symhdr->idnMax = 0;
11783
          symhdr->ipdMax = 0;
11784
          symhdr->isymMax = 0;
11785
          symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
11786
          symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
11787
          symhdr->issMax = 0;
11788
          symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
11789
          symhdr->ifdMax = 0;
11790
          symhdr->crfd = 0;
11791
          symhdr->iextMax = 0;
11792
 
11793
          /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
11794
             debug_info structure.  */
11795
          debug.line = NULL;
11796
          debug.external_dnr = NULL;
11797
          debug.external_pdr = NULL;
11798
          debug.external_sym = NULL;
11799
          debug.external_opt = NULL;
11800
          debug.external_aux = NULL;
11801
          debug.ss = NULL;
11802
          debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
11803
          debug.external_fdr = NULL;
11804
          debug.external_rfd = NULL;
11805
          debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
11806
 
11807
          mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
11808
          if (mdebug_handle == NULL)
11809
            return FALSE;
11810
 
11811
          esym.jmptbl = 0;
11812
          esym.cobol_main = 0;
11813
          esym.weakext = 0;
11814
          esym.reserved = 0;
11815
          esym.ifd = ifdNil;
11816
          esym.asym.iss = issNil;
11817
          esym.asym.st = stLocal;
11818
          esym.asym.reserved = 0;
11819
          esym.asym.index = indexNil;
11820
          last = 0;
11821
          for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
11822
            {
11823
              esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
11824
              s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
11825
              if (s != NULL)
11826
                {
11827
                  esym.asym.value = s->vma;
11828
                  last = s->vma + s->size;
11829
                }
11830
              else
11831
                esym.asym.value = last;
11832
              if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
11833
                                                 secname[i], &esym))
11834
                return FALSE;
11835
            }
11836
 
11837
          for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
11838
            {
11839
              asection *input_section;
11840
              bfd *input_bfd;
11841
              const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
11842
              struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
11843
              char *eraw_src;
11844
              char *eraw_end;
11845
 
11846
              if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
11847
                {
11848
                  if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
11849
                    continue;
11850
                  abort ();
11851
                }
11852
 
11853
              input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
11854
              input_bfd = input_section->owner;
11855
 
11856
              if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd))
11857
                {
11858
                  /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
11859
                     doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
11860
                     want to deal with it.  */
11861
                  continue;
11862
                }
11863
 
11864
              input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
11865
                            ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
11866
 
11867
              BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->size);
11868
 
11869
              /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
11870
                 read in the debugging information and set up an
11871
                 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now.  */
11872
              if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
11873
                                                   &input_debug))
11874
                return FALSE;
11875
 
11876
              if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
11877
                     (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
11878
                      &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
11879
                return FALSE;
11880
 
11881
              /* Loop through the external symbols.  For each one with
11882
                 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
11883
                 the linker global hash table and save the information
11884
                 for the output external symbols.  */
11885
              eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
11886
              eraw_end = (eraw_src
11887
                          + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
11888
                             * input_swap->external_ext_size));
11889
              for (;
11890
                   eraw_src < eraw_end;
11891
                   eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
11892
                {
11893
                  EXTR ext;
11894
                  const char *name;
11895
                  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
11896
 
11897
                  (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext);
11898
                  if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
11899
                      || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
11900
                      || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
11901
                    continue;
11902
 
11903
                  name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
11904
                  h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
11905
                                                 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
11906
                  if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
11907
                    continue;
11908
 
11909
                  if (ext.ifd != -1)
11910
                    {
11911
                      BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd
11912
                                  < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
11913
                      ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
11914
                    }
11915
 
11916
                  h->esym = ext;
11917
                }
11918
 
11919
              /* Free up the information we just read.  */
11920
              free (input_debug.line);
11921
              free (input_debug.external_dnr);
11922
              free (input_debug.external_pdr);
11923
              free (input_debug.external_sym);
11924
              free (input_debug.external_opt);
11925
              free (input_debug.external_aux);
11926
              free (input_debug.ss);
11927
              free (input_debug.ssext);
11928
              free (input_debug.external_fdr);
11929
              free (input_debug.external_rfd);
11930
              free (input_debug.external_ext);
11931
 
11932
              /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
11933
                 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section.  */
11934
              input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
11935
            }
11936
 
11937
          if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared)
11938
            {
11939
              /* Create .rtproc section.  */
11940
              rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
11941
              if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
11942
                {
11943
                  flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
11944
                                    | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
11945
 
11946
                  rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
11947
                                                            ".rtproc",
11948
                                                            flags);
11949
                  if (rtproc_sec == NULL
11950
                      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
11951
                    return FALSE;
11952
                }
11953
 
11954
              if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
11955
                                                     info, rtproc_sec,
11956
                                                     &debug))
11957
                return FALSE;
11958
            }
11959
 
11960
          /* Build the external symbol information.  */
11961
          einfo.abfd = abfd;
11962
          einfo.info = info;
11963
          einfo.debug = &debug;
11964
          einfo.swap = swap;
11965
          einfo.failed = FALSE;
11966
          mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
11967
                                       mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo);
11968
          if (einfo.failed)
11969
            return FALSE;
11970
 
11971
          /* Set the size of the .mdebug section.  */
11972
          o->size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
11973
 
11974
          /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
11975
             matters, but someday it might).  */
11976
          o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
11977
 
11978
          mdebug_sec = o;
11979
        }
11980
 
11981
      if (CONST_STRNEQ (o->name, ".gptab."))
11982
        {
11983
          const char *subname;
11984
          unsigned int c;
11985
          Elf32_gptab *tab;
11986
          Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
11987
          unsigned int j;
11988
 
11989
          /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
11990
             information describing how the small data area would
11991
             change depending upon the -G switch.  These sections
11992
             not used in executables files.  */
11993
          if (! info->relocatable)
11994
            {
11995
              for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
11996
                {
11997
                  asection *input_section;
11998
 
11999
                  if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
12000
                    {
12001
                      if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
12002
                        continue;
12003
                      abort ();
12004
                    }
12005
 
12006
                  input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
12007
 
12008
                  /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
12009
                     elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section.  */
12010
                  input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
12011
                }
12012
 
12013
              /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
12014
                 currently matters, but someday it might).  */
12015
              o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
12016
 
12017
              /* Really remove the section.  */
12018
              bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, o);
12019
              --abfd->section_count;
12020
 
12021
              continue;
12022
            }
12023
 
12024
          /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
12025
             uninitialized data.  */
12026
          if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
12027
            gptab_data_sec = o;
12028
          else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
12029
            gptab_bss_sec = o;
12030
          else
12031
            {
12032
              (*_bfd_error_handler)
12033
                (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
12034
                 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
12035
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
12036
              return FALSE;
12037
            }
12038
 
12039
          /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
12040
             .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
12041
             .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss.  It is possible that there is
12042
             no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
12043
             case we must change the name of the output section.  */
12044
          subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
12045
          if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
12046
            {
12047
              if (o == gptab_data_sec)
12048
                o->name = ".gptab.data";
12049
              else
12050
                o->name = ".gptab.bss";
12051
              subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
12052
              BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
12053
            }
12054
 
12055
          /* Set up the first entry.  */
12056
          c = 1;
12057
          amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
12058
          tab = bfd_malloc (amt);
12059
          if (tab == NULL)
12060
            return FALSE;
12061
          tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
12062
          tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
12063
 
12064
          /* Combine the input sections.  */
12065
          for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
12066
            {
12067
              asection *input_section;
12068
              bfd *input_bfd;
12069
              bfd_size_type size;
12070
              unsigned long last;
12071
              bfd_size_type gpentry;
12072
 
12073
              if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
12074
                {
12075
                  if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
12076
                    continue;
12077
                  abort ();
12078
                }
12079
 
12080
              input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
12081
              input_bfd = input_section->owner;
12082
 
12083
              /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
12084
                 by one.  We know that the input gptab entries are
12085
                 sorted by ascending -G value.  */
12086
              size = input_section->size;
12087
              last = 0;
12088
              for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
12089
                   gpentry < size;
12090
                   gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
12091
                {
12092
                  Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
12093
                  Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
12094
                  unsigned long val;
12095
                  unsigned long add;
12096
                  bfd_boolean exact;
12097
                  unsigned int look;
12098
 
12099
                  if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
12100
                         (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry,
12101
                          sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
12102
                    {
12103
                      free (tab);
12104
                      return FALSE;
12105
                    }
12106
 
12107
                  bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
12108
                                                &int_gptab);
12109
                  val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
12110
                  add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
12111
 
12112
                  exact = FALSE;
12113
                  for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
12114
                    {
12115
                      if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
12116
                        tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
12117
 
12118
                      if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
12119
                        exact = TRUE;
12120
                    }
12121
 
12122
                  if (! exact)
12123
                    {
12124
                      Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
12125
                      unsigned int max;
12126
 
12127
                      /* We need a new table entry.  */
12128
                      amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
12129
                      new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt);
12130
                      if (new_tab == NULL)
12131
                        {
12132
                          free (tab);
12133
                          return FALSE;
12134
                        }
12135
                      tab = new_tab;
12136
                      tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
12137
                      tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
12138
 
12139
                      /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
12140
                         value, since that will be implied by this new
12141
                         value.  */
12142
                      max = 0;
12143
                      for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
12144
                        {
12145
                          if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
12146
                              && (max == 0
12147
                                  || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
12148
                                      > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
12149
                            max = look;
12150
                        }
12151
                      if (max != 0)
12152
                        tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
12153
                          tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
12154
 
12155
                      ++c;
12156
                    }
12157
 
12158
                  last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
12159
                }
12160
 
12161
              /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
12162
                 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section.  */
12163
              input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
12164
            }
12165
 
12166
          /* The table must be sorted by -G value.  */
12167
          if (c > 2)
12168
            qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
12169
 
12170
          /* Swap out the table.  */
12171
          amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
12172
          ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
12173
          if (ext_tab == NULL)
12174
            {
12175
              free (tab);
12176
              return FALSE;
12177
            }
12178
 
12179
          for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
12180
            bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
12181
          free (tab);
12182
 
12183
          o->size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
12184
          o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
12185
 
12186
          /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
12187
             matters, but someday it might).  */
12188
          o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
12189
        }
12190
    }
12191
 
12192
  /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work.  */
12193
  if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
12194
    return FALSE;
12195
 
12196
  /* Now write out the computed sections.  */
12197
 
12198
  if (reginfo_sec != NULL)
12199
    {
12200
      Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
12201
 
12202
      bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, &reginfo, &ext);
12203
      if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
12204
        return FALSE;
12205
    }
12206
 
12207
  if (mdebug_sec != NULL)
12208
    {
12209
      BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
12210
      if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
12211
                                               swap, info,
12212
                                               mdebug_sec->filepos))
12213
        return FALSE;
12214
 
12215
      bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
12216
    }
12217
 
12218
  if (gptab_data_sec != NULL)
12219
    {
12220
      if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
12221
                                      gptab_data_sec->contents,
12222
                                      0, gptab_data_sec->size))
12223
        return FALSE;
12224
    }
12225
 
12226
  if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL)
12227
    {
12228
      if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
12229
                                      gptab_bss_sec->contents,
12230
                                      0, gptab_bss_sec->size))
12231
        return FALSE;
12232
    }
12233
 
12234
  if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
12235
    {
12236
      rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
12237
      if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
12238
        {
12239
          if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
12240
                                          rtproc_sec->contents,
12241
                                          0, rtproc_sec->size))
12242
            return FALSE;
12243
        }
12244
    }
12245
 
12246
  return TRUE;
12247
}
12248
 
12249
/* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE.  */
12250
 
12251
struct mips_mach_extension {
12252
  unsigned long extension, base;
12253
};
12254
 
12255
 
12256
/* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another.  The entries
12257
   are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last.  */
12258
 
12259
static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] = {
12260
  /* MIPS64r2 extensions.  */
12261
  { bfd_mach_mips_octeon, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
12262
 
12263
  /* MIPS64 extensions.  */
12264
  { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
12265
  { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
12266
  { bfd_mach_mips_xlr, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
12267
 
12268
  /* MIPS V extensions.  */
12269
  { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
12270
 
12271
  /* R10000 extensions.  */
12272
  { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
12273
  { bfd_mach_mips14000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
12274
  { bfd_mach_mips16000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
12275
 
12276
  /* R5000 extensions.  Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
12277
     vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff.  It seems
12278
     better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
12279
     many libraries will just use the core ISA.  Perhaps we could add
12280
     some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem.  */
12281
  { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 },
12282
  { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 },
12283
 
12284
  /* MIPS IV extensions.  */
12285
  { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
12286
  { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
12287
  { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
12288
  { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
12289
  { bfd_mach_mips9000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
12290
 
12291
  /* VR4100 extensions.  */
12292
  { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
12293
  { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
12294
 
12295
  /* MIPS III extensions.  */
12296
  { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
12297
  { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
12298
  { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
12299
  { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
12300
  { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
12301
  { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
12302
  { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
12303
  { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
12304
  { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
12305
 
12306
  /* MIPS32 extensions.  */
12307
  { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 },
12308
 
12309
  /* MIPS II extensions.  */
12310
  { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
12311
  { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
12312
 
12313
  /* MIPS I extensions.  */
12314
  { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 },
12315
  { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 }
12316
};
12317
 
12318
 
12319
/* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE.  */
12320
 
12321
static bfd_boolean
12322
mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension)
12323
{
12324
  size_t i;
12325
 
12326
  if (extension == base)
12327
    return TRUE;
12328
 
12329
  if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32
12330
      && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64, extension))
12331
    return TRUE;
12332
 
12333
  if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
12334
      && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, extension))
12335
    return TRUE;
12336
 
12337
  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
12338
    if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
12339
      {
12340
        extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
12341
        if (extension == base)
12342
          return TRUE;
12343
      }
12344
 
12345
  return FALSE;
12346
}
12347
 
12348
 
12349
/* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary.  */
12350
 
12351
static bfd_boolean
12352
mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags)
12353
{
12354
  return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
12355
          || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
12356
          || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
12357
          || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
12358
          || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
12359
          || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
12360
          || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2);
12361
}
12362
 
12363
 
12364
/* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD.  Raise an error if
12365
   there are conflicting attributes.  */
12366
static bfd_boolean
12367
mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
12368
{
12369
  obj_attribute *in_attr;
12370
  obj_attribute *out_attr;
12371
 
12372
  if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i)
12373
    {
12374
      /* This is the first object.  Copy the attributes.  */
12375
      _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
12376
 
12377
      /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
12378
         initialized.  */
12379
      elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1;
12380
 
12381
      return TRUE;
12382
    }
12383
 
12384
  /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
12385
     non-conflicting ones.  */
12386
  in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
12387
  out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
12388
  if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
12389
    {
12390
      out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].type = 1;
12391
      if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == 0)
12392
        out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
12393
      else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == 0)
12394
        ;
12395
      else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i > 4)
12396
        _bfd_error_handler
12397
          (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), ibfd,
12398
           in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
12399
      else if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i > 4)
12400
        _bfd_error_handler
12401
          (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), obfd,
12402
           out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
12403
      else
12404
        switch (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
12405
          {
12406
          case 1:
12407
            switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
12408
              {
12409
              case 2:
12410
                _bfd_error_handler
12411
                  (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mdouble-float"),
12412
                   obfd, ibfd);
12413
                break;
12414
 
12415
              case 3:
12416
                _bfd_error_handler
12417
                  (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
12418
                   obfd, ibfd);
12419
                break;
12420
 
12421
              case 4:
12422
                _bfd_error_handler
12423
                  (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
12424
                   obfd, ibfd);
12425
                break;
12426
 
12427
              default:
12428
                abort ();
12429
              }
12430
            break;
12431
 
12432
          case 2:
12433
            switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
12434
              {
12435
              case 1:
12436
                _bfd_error_handler
12437
                  (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mdouble-float"),
12438
                   ibfd, obfd);
12439
                break;
12440
 
12441
              case 3:
12442
                _bfd_error_handler
12443
                  (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
12444
                   obfd, ibfd);
12445
                break;
12446
 
12447
              case 4:
12448
                _bfd_error_handler
12449
                  (_("Warning: %B uses -mdouble-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
12450
                   obfd, ibfd);
12451
                break;
12452
 
12453
              default:
12454
                abort ();
12455
              }
12456
            break;
12457
 
12458
          case 3:
12459
            switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
12460
              {
12461
              case 1:
12462
              case 2:
12463
              case 4:
12464
                _bfd_error_handler
12465
                  (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
12466
                   ibfd, obfd);
12467
                break;
12468
 
12469
              default:
12470
                abort ();
12471
              }
12472
            break;
12473
 
12474
          case 4:
12475
            switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
12476
              {
12477
              case 1:
12478
                _bfd_error_handler
12479
                  (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
12480
                   ibfd, obfd);
12481
                break;
12482
 
12483
              case 2:
12484
                _bfd_error_handler
12485
                  (_("Warning: %B uses -mdouble-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
12486
                   ibfd, obfd);
12487
                break;
12488
 
12489
              case 3:
12490
                _bfd_error_handler
12491
                  (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
12492
                   obfd, ibfd);
12493
                break;
12494
 
12495
              default:
12496
                abort ();
12497
              }
12498
            break;
12499
 
12500
          default:
12501
            abort ();
12502
          }
12503
    }
12504
 
12505
  /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones.  */
12506
  _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
12507
 
12508
  return TRUE;
12509
}
12510
 
12511
/* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
12512
   object file when linking.  */
12513
 
12514
bfd_boolean
12515
_bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
12516
{
12517
  flagword old_flags;
12518
  flagword new_flags;
12519
  bfd_boolean ok;
12520
  bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
12521
  asection *sec;
12522
 
12523
  /* Check if we have the same endianess */
12524
  if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
12525
    {
12526
      (*_bfd_error_handler)
12527
        (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
12528
         ibfd);
12529
      return FALSE;
12530
    }
12531
 
12532
  if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd) || !is_mips_elf (obfd))
12533
    return TRUE;
12534
 
12535
  if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
12536
    {
12537
      (*_bfd_error_handler)
12538
        (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
12539
         ibfd);
12540
      return FALSE;
12541
    }
12542
 
12543
  if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd))
12544
    return FALSE;
12545
 
12546
  new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
12547
  elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
12548
  old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
12549
 
12550
  if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
12551
    {
12552
      elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
12553
      elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
12554
      elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
12555
        = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
12556
 
12557
      if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
12558
          && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default
12559
              || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd),
12560
                                      bfd_get_mach (ibfd))))
12561
        {
12562
          if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
12563
                                   bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
12564
            return FALSE;
12565
        }
12566
 
12567
      return TRUE;
12568
    }
12569
 
12570
  /* Check flag compatibility.  */
12571
 
12572
  new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
12573
  old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
12574
 
12575
  /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set.  It
12576
     doesn't seem to matter.  */
12577
  new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
12578
  old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
12579
 
12580
  /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects.  Again, we should
12581
     just be able to ignore this.  */
12582
  new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
12583
  old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
12584
 
12585
  /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code.  */
12586
  if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
12587
    new_flags |= EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC;
12588
 
12589
  if (new_flags == old_flags)
12590
    return TRUE;
12591
 
12592
  /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
12593
     If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
12594
     actually cause any incompatibility.  */
12595
  for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
12596
    {
12597
      /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
12598
          which are automatically generated by gas.  */
12599
      if (strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
12600
          && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
12601
          && (sec->size != 0
12602
              || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
12603
                  && strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
12604
                  && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))))
12605
        {
12606
          null_input_bfd = FALSE;
12607
          break;
12608
        }
12609
    }
12610
  if (null_input_bfd)
12611
    return TRUE;
12612
 
12613
  ok = TRUE;
12614
 
12615
  if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
12616
      != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
12617
    {
12618
      (*_bfd_error_handler)
12619
        (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
12620
         ibfd);
12621
      ok = TRUE;
12622
    }
12623
 
12624
  if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC))
12625
    elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
12626
  if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
12627
    elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
12628
 
12629
  new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
12630
  old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
12631
 
12632
  /* Compare the ISAs.  */
12633
  if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags))
12634
    {
12635
      (*_bfd_error_handler)
12636
        (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
12637
         ibfd);
12638
      ok = FALSE;
12639
    }
12640
  else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd)))
12641
    {
12642
      /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's.  */
12643
      if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
12644
        {
12645
          /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD.  Also copy
12646
             the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
12647
             OBFD as a 32-bit binary.  */
12648
          bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd));
12649
          elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
12650
          elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
12651
            |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
12652
 
12653
          /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
12654
             and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit.  */
12655
          if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
12656
              && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)
12657
              && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI))
12658
            elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI;
12659
        }
12660
      else
12661
        {
12662
          /* The ISAs aren't compatible.  */
12663
          (*_bfd_error_handler)
12664
            (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
12665
             ibfd,
12666
             bfd_printable_name (ibfd),
12667
             bfd_printable_name (obfd));
12668
          ok = FALSE;
12669
        }
12670
    }
12671
 
12672
  new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
12673
  old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
12674
 
12675
  /* Compare ABIs.  The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI.  But, it
12676
     does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI.  */
12677
  if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
12678
      || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
12679
          != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
12680
    {
12681
      /* Only error if both are set (to different values).  */
12682
      if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
12683
          || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
12684
              != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
12685
        {
12686
          (*_bfd_error_handler)
12687
            (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
12688
             ibfd,
12689
             elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
12690
             elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
12691
          ok = FALSE;
12692
        }
12693
      new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
12694
      old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
12695
    }
12696
 
12697
  /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union).  */
12698
  if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
12699
    {
12700
      elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
12701
 
12702
      new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
12703
      old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
12704
    }
12705
 
12706
  /* Warn about any other mismatches */
12707
  if (new_flags != old_flags)
12708
    {
12709
      (*_bfd_error_handler)
12710
        (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
12711
         ibfd, (unsigned long) new_flags,
12712
         (unsigned long) old_flags);
12713
      ok = FALSE;
12714
    }
12715
 
12716
  if (! ok)
12717
    {
12718
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
12719
      return FALSE;
12720
    }
12721
 
12722
  return TRUE;
12723
}
12724
 
12725
/* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC.  */
12726
 
12727
bfd_boolean
12728
_bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
12729
{
12730
  BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
12731
              || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
12732
 
12733
  elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
12734
  elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
12735
  return TRUE;
12736
}
12737
 
12738
char *
12739
_bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag)
12740
{
12741
  switch (dtag)
12742
    {
12743
    default: return "";
12744
    case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
12745
      return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
12746
    case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
12747
      return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
12748
    case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
12749
      return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
12750
    case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
12751
      return "MIPS_IVERSION";
12752
    case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
12753
      return "MIPS_FLAGS";
12754
    case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
12755
      return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
12756
    case DT_MIPS_MSYM:
12757
      return "MIPS_MSYM";
12758
    case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
12759
      return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
12760
    case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
12761
      return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
12762
    case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
12763
      return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
12764
    case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO:
12765
      return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
12766
    case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO:
12767
      return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
12768
    case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
12769
      return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
12770
    case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
12771
      return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
12772
    case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
12773
      return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
12774
    case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
12775
      return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
12776
    case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
12777
      return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
12778
    case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS:
12779
      return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
12780
    case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO:
12781
      return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
12782
    case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE:
12783
      return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
12784
    case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO:
12785
      return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
12786
    case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC:
12787
      return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
12788
    case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO:
12789
      return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
12790
    case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM:
12791
      return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
12792
    case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO:
12793
      return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
12794
    case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM:
12795
      return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
12796
    case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO:
12797
      return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
12798
    case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS:
12799
      return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
12800
    case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT:
12801
      return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
12802
    case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
12803
      return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
12804
    case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX:
12805
      return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
12806
    case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX:
12807
      return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
12808
    case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX:
12809
      return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
12810
    case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX:
12811
      return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
12812
    case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
12813
      return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
12814
    case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE:
12815
      return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
12816
    case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN:
12817
      return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
12818
    case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE:
12819
      return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
12820
    case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR:
12821
      return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
12822
    case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX:
12823
      return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
12824
    case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE:
12825
      return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
12826
    case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE:
12827
      return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
12828
    case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC:
12829
      return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
12830
    case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
12831
      return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
12832
    case DT_MIPS_RWPLT:
12833
      return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
12834
    }
12835
}
12836
 
12837
bfd_boolean
12838
_bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
12839
{
12840
  FILE *file = ptr;
12841
 
12842
  BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
12843
 
12844
  /* Print normal ELF private data.  */
12845
  _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
12846
 
12847
  /* xgettext:c-format */
12848
  fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
12849
 
12850
  if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
12851
    fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
12852
  else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
12853
    fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
12854
  else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
12855
    fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
12856
  else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
12857
    fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
12858
  else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
12859
    fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
12860
  else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
12861
    fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
12862
  else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
12863
    fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
12864
  else
12865
    fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
12866
 
12867
  if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
12868
    fprintf (file, " [mips1]");
12869
  else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
12870
    fprintf (file, " [mips2]");
12871
  else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
12872
    fprintf (file, " [mips3]");
12873
  else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
12874
    fprintf (file, " [mips4]");
12875
  else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
12876
    fprintf (file, " [mips5]");
12877
  else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
12878
    fprintf (file, " [mips32]");
12879
  else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
12880
    fprintf (file, " [mips64]");
12881
  else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
12882
    fprintf (file, " [mips32r2]");
12883
  else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2)
12884
    fprintf (file, " [mips64r2]");
12885
  else
12886
    fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
12887
 
12888
  if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
12889
    fprintf (file, " [mdmx]");
12890
 
12891
  if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
12892
    fprintf (file, " [mips16]");
12893
 
12894
  if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
12895
    fprintf (file, " [32bitmode]");
12896
  else
12897
    fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
12898
 
12899
  if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER)
12900
    fprintf (file, " [noreorder]");
12901
 
12902
  if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)
12903
    fprintf (file, " [PIC]");
12904
 
12905
  if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC)
12906
    fprintf (file, " [CPIC]");
12907
 
12908
  if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_XGOT)
12909
    fprintf (file, " [XGOT]");
12910
 
12911
  if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_UCODE)
12912
    fprintf (file, " [UCODE]");
12913
 
12914
  fputc ('\n', file);
12915
 
12916
  return TRUE;
12917
}
12918
 
12919
const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[] =
12920
{
12921
  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"),   0, SHT_PROGBITS,   SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
12922
  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"),   0, SHT_PROGBITS,   SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
12923
  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 },
12924
  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"),  -2, SHT_NOBITS,     SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
12925
  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS,   SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
12926
  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"),  0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 },
12927
  { NULL,                     0,  0, 0,              0 }
12928
};
12929
 
12930
/* Merge non visibility st_other attributes.  Ensure that the
12931
   STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
12932
   definiton of the symbol.  */
12933
void
12934
_bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
12935
                                      const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
12936
                                      bfd_boolean definition,
12937
                                      bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12938
{
12939
  if ((isym->st_other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
12940
    {
12941
      unsigned char other;
12942
 
12943
      other = (definition ? isym->st_other : h->other);
12944
      other &= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
12945
      h->other = other | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other);
12946
    }
12947
 
12948
  if (!definition
12949
      && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym->st_other))
12950
    h->other |= STO_OPTIONAL;
12951
}
12952
 
12953
/* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
12954
   This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX.  */
12955
bfd_boolean
12956
_bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
12957
{
12958
  return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->other) ? TRUE : FALSE;
12959
}
12960
 
12961
bfd_boolean
12962
_bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
12963
{
12964
  return (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
12965
          || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
12966
          || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON);
12967
}
12968
 
12969
/* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
12970
   or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
12971
 
12972
bfd_vma
12973
_bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
12974
                           const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12975
{
12976
  return (plt->vma
12977
          + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
12978
          + i * 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry));
12979
}
12980
 
12981
void
12982
_bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
12983
{
12984
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
12985
  Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
12986
 
12987
  i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
12988
  if (link_info)
12989
    {
12990
      htab = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info);
12991
      BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
12992
 
12993
      if (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs && !htab->is_vxworks)
12994
        i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 1;
12995
    }
12996
}

powered by: WebSVN 2.1.0

© copyright 1999-2024 OpenCores.org, equivalent to Oliscience, all rights reserved. OpenCores®, registered trademark.